2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1777.2.15 2006/08/07 17:22:09 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09
10 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
11 the server can erroneously report that there is
12 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that
13 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
14 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert
15 of University of Washington.
16 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
17 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
18 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
19 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
20 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from
22 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
23 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
24 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
26 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
27 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However,
28 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
29 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.*
32 8.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14
33 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
34 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
35 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This
36 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
37 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to
38 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
39 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
40 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
41 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
42 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
43 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
44 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
45 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
46 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
47 a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
48 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
50 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
51 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
52 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
53 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
54 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
55 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
56 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
57 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
58 to avoid those false positives.
59 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
60 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
61 files were not removed.
62 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
63 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem
64 reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
65 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
66 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against
67 either of these versions and compression is available,
68 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on
69 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
70 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
71 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
72 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid
73 further problems, no default value is available anymore,
74 but an argument must be specified.
76 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from
77 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
79 8.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22
80 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
81 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
82 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of
83 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
84 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
85 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
86 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
87 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
88 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
89 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default
90 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
91 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
92 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
93 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
94 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
95 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found
96 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
97 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
98 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
99 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
100 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
101 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
102 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff
103 A. Earickson of Colby College.
104 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John
106 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
107 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
108 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
109 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
110 resume a stored TLS session.
111 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
112 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
113 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
114 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
115 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
117 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
118 This generates an error message from libmilter on
119 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
121 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
122 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
123 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
126 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
127 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
130 8.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16
131 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
132 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
133 directory. This structure is used decide whether there
134 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
135 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
136 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
137 than the base directory.
138 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
139 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
140 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by
142 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
143 number of items to process, sort the queue first and
144 then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
145 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
146 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by
147 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
149 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
150 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
151 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
152 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem
153 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
154 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
155 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein.
156 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
157 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
158 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from
159 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
160 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
161 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor.
162 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
163 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
164 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
166 Add support for AIX 5.3.
167 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
168 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
169 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
170 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
171 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
172 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
173 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
174 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
175 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
176 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
177 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
178 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
179 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted
182 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
184 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
185 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
188 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
189 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
190 different error which could result in connections that
191 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
192 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
193 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
194 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
195 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
196 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
197 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
198 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
199 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
200 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
201 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
202 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
203 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
204 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
205 and bounce generation.
206 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
207 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
208 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
209 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
210 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
211 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
212 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
213 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
214 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
215 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
216 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
217 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
218 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
219 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
221 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
222 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
223 on patch by Brian Kantor.
224 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
225 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
226 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
228 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
229 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
230 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
231 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
232 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
233 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
234 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
235 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
236 University of Bremen.
242 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
243 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
245 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
246 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
247 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
248 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
249 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
250 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
251 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
252 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
253 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
254 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
256 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
257 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
258 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
259 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
260 Simple Nomad of BindView.
261 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
262 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
263 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
264 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
265 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
266 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
267 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
268 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
269 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
270 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
271 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
272 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
273 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
274 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
275 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
276 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
277 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
278 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
279 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
280 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
281 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
282 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
283 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
284 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
285 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
286 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
287 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
288 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
289 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
290 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
291 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
292 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
293 noted by Nelson Fung.
294 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
295 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
296 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
299 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
301 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
302 devtools/OS/DragonFly
303 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
307 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
308 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
309 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
310 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
311 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
312 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
313 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
314 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
315 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
316 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
318 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
319 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
320 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
321 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
322 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
323 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
324 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
325 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
326 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
327 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
328 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
329 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
330 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
331 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
332 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
334 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
335 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
337 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
338 noted by Geoff Adams.
339 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
340 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
341 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
342 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
343 incompatibilities with various *roff related
344 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
348 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
349 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
350 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
351 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
352 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
354 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
355 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
356 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
357 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
358 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
359 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
360 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
361 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
362 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
363 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
364 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
365 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
366 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
367 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
368 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
369 of cf/README for more information.
370 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
371 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
373 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
374 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
375 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
376 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
378 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
379 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
380 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
381 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
382 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
383 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
384 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
385 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
386 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
387 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
388 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
389 determines the length of the interval for which the
390 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
391 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
392 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
393 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
394 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
395 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
396 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
397 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
398 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
399 during that connection.
400 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
401 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
402 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
403 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
404 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
405 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
406 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
407 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
408 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
409 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
410 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
411 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
412 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
413 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
415 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
416 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
417 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
419 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
420 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
421 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
422 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
423 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
424 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
425 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
426 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
427 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
428 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
429 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
430 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
431 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
432 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
434 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
435 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
436 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
437 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
438 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
439 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
440 operates on lost queue items.
441 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
442 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
443 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
444 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
445 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
447 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
448 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
449 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
450 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
452 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
453 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
454 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
455 be used for the quarantine reason.
456 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
457 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
458 message if it is quarantined.
459 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
460 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
461 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
462 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
463 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
464 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
465 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
466 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
467 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
468 recipients received so far in a transaction.
469 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
470 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
471 noted by Kai Schlichting.
472 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
473 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
474 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
475 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
476 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
477 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
478 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
480 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
481 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
483 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
484 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
485 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
486 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
487 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
488 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
489 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
490 of the University of Manitoba.
491 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
492 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
493 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
495 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
496 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
497 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
498 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
499 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
500 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
501 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
502 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
503 overwrite each other's pid files.
504 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
505 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
506 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
507 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
508 LogLevel 12 or higher.
509 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
510 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
511 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
512 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
513 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
514 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
515 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
516 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
518 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
519 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
520 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
521 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
522 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
523 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
524 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
525 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
526 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
527 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
528 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
529 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
530 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
531 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
533 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
534 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
535 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
536 queue return and warning times for delivery status
538 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
540 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
541 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
542 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
543 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
544 for DaemonPortOptions.
545 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
546 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
547 of Northern Illinois University.
548 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
549 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
550 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
551 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
552 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
553 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
554 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
555 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
556 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
557 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
558 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
559 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
560 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
561 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
562 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
563 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
564 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
565 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
566 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
567 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
569 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
570 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
571 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
572 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
573 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
575 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
576 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
577 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
578 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
579 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
580 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
581 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
582 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
583 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
585 Two new compile options have been added:
586 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
587 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
588 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
589 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
590 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
591 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
592 programs to match locking techniques.
593 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
594 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
595 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
596 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
597 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
598 Center for Scientific Computing.
599 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
600 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
601 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
602 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
603 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
604 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
605 from Mark Funkenhauser.
606 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
607 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
608 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
609 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
610 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
611 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
612 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
613 of Northern Illinois University.
614 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
615 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
616 the message using the given reason.
617 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
618 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
619 DNS records than just A.
620 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
621 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
622 connections is maintained.
623 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
624 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
625 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
626 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
627 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
628 slamming protection described above. The feature can
629 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
630 use the access database to look the pause time based on
631 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
632 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
633 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
634 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
635 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
636 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
637 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
638 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
639 interval when refusing connections for this long.
640 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
641 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
642 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
643 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
644 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
645 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
646 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
647 to follow the naming conventions.
648 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
650 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
652 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
653 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
654 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
655 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
657 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
658 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
659 status notifications.
660 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
661 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
662 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
663 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
664 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
665 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
667 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
668 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
669 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
670 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
671 certificate revocations lists.
672 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
673 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
674 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
675 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
676 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
677 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
678 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
679 for more information.
680 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
681 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
682 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
683 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
684 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
685 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
686 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
687 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
688 of LifeLine Networks.
689 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
691 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
692 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
693 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
694 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
695 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
696 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
697 Filters which use this function must include the
698 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
699 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
700 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
701 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
702 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
703 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
704 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
705 resetting the timeout.
706 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
707 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
708 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
709 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
710 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
711 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
712 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
713 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
714 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
715 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
716 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
717 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
718 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
720 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
721 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
722 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
723 amendments to support header insertion operations.
724 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
725 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
726 Informations Services.
727 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
728 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
730 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
731 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
733 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
734 for the auto-response message.
737 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
738 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
739 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
740 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
741 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
743 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
744 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
745 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
746 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
747 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
748 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
749 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
750 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
751 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
752 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
753 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
754 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
755 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
756 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
757 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
758 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
759 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
763 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
764 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
765 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
768 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
770 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
771 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
772 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
773 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
774 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
775 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
776 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
778 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
779 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
780 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
781 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
782 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
783 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
784 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
785 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
786 recipient address also against the printable addresses
787 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
788 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
789 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
790 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
791 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
792 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
793 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
794 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
795 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
796 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
797 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
798 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
799 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
800 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
801 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
802 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
803 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
804 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
805 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
806 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
807 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
808 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
809 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
810 external application that accesses qf files.
811 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
812 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
813 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
814 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
816 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
817 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
818 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
819 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
822 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
823 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
825 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
826 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
827 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
828 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
830 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
832 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
833 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
834 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
835 of Courtesan Consulting.
836 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
837 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
838 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
839 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
840 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
841 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
842 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
843 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
844 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
845 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
846 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
847 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
848 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
849 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
850 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
851 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
852 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
853 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
854 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
855 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
856 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
857 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
858 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
859 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
860 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
861 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
862 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
863 to make sure they match.
864 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
866 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
867 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
869 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
870 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
872 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
873 from Jerome Borsboom.
874 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
875 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
876 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
877 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
878 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
879 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
880 after the close() and before the truncate().
881 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
882 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
883 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
885 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
886 of Washington for providing access to a computer
888 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
889 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
890 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
891 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
893 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
894 your Linux distribution, compile with
895 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
899 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
900 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
901 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
902 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
903 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
904 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
906 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
907 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
908 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
909 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
910 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
911 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
912 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
913 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
914 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
915 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
916 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
917 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
918 by Derek Wueppelmann.
919 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
920 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
922 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
923 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
924 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
925 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
926 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
927 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
928 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
929 text file instead of the database map.
931 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
932 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
933 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
934 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
936 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
937 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
938 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
939 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
941 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
942 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
943 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
944 Stanford University Compilation Group.
945 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
946 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
947 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
948 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
949 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
950 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
951 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
952 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
953 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
954 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
956 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
957 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
958 across various connections. This could cause session
959 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
960 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
961 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
962 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
963 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
964 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
965 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
966 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
968 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
969 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
971 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
972 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
973 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
974 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
975 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
976 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
977 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
978 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
979 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
980 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
982 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
983 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
984 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
985 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
986 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
987 to be run even if Runners=0.
988 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
989 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
990 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
991 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
992 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
993 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
994 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
995 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
996 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
997 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
998 by John Majikes of IBM.
999 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1000 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1001 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1002 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
1003 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1004 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1005 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1006 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1007 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
1008 noted by Matthias Andree.
1009 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1010 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1012 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1013 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1014 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1015 an argument, hence the builtin version of
1016 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
1017 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
1018 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1019 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1020 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1021 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1022 of the TrustedBSD Project.
1023 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1024 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1025 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1026 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1028 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1029 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1030 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1031 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1032 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1033 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1034 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1035 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1036 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1037 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1038 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1040 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1041 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1042 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1043 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1044 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1045 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1047 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1049 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1050 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1051 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1052 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1053 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1054 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1055 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1056 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1057 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1059 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1060 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1061 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1062 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
1068 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
1069 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1070 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1071 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1072 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1073 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1074 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1075 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1076 Courtesan Consulting.
1077 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1078 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
1079 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1080 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1081 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1082 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1083 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1084 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1085 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
1086 Earickson of Colby College.
1087 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1088 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1089 Courtesan Consulting.
1090 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1091 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1092 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1093 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
1094 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1095 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1097 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1098 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1099 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1100 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1101 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
1102 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1103 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
1104 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1105 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1106 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1107 supposed for addresses on the header content.
1108 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1110 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1111 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
1112 fix from Scott Walters.
1113 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1114 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1115 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1116 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1117 NETISO support has been dropped.
1118 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1119 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1120 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1121 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
1122 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1123 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1124 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
1125 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1126 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1127 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1128 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
1129 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1130 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1131 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1132 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1133 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1134 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1136 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1137 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1138 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1139 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1140 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1141 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1142 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
1143 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1144 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1148 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
1149 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1150 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1151 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
1152 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1153 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
1154 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1155 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1156 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1157 with rogue DNS servers.
1158 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
1160 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1161 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
1163 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1164 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1165 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1166 Polytechnic Institute.
1167 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1168 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1170 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1171 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1172 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
1173 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1174 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
1175 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1176 8.13 will change the default locking method to
1177 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
1178 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1179 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
1180 related programs to match locking techniques.
1182 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
1183 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1184 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1185 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1186 section of the top level README for more information.
1187 Problem noted by lumpy.
1188 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1190 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1191 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1192 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1193 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1194 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1196 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
1197 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1198 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1199 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1200 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1202 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1203 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
1204 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1205 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1206 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1207 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
1208 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1209 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1210 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
1211 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
1212 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1213 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1215 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1216 user who started sendmail.
1217 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1218 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
1219 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1220 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1221 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1222 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1223 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1224 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1226 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1227 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1228 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1229 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1230 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1231 Charles University in Prague.
1232 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1234 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1235 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1236 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1237 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1238 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1239 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1240 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1241 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1242 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
1243 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1244 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
1245 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1246 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1247 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
1248 noted by Bryan Costales.
1249 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1250 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1251 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
1252 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1253 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
1254 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1255 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1257 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1258 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1259 installing the sendmail statistics file.
1260 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1261 a user's filter starts other applications.
1262 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1263 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1264 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1265 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1266 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1267 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1268 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1269 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1270 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
1271 noted by Bryan Costales.
1273 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1275 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
1276 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1277 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
1278 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1279 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1280 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
1281 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1282 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1283 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
1284 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1285 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1286 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1288 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1289 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1290 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1291 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1293 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1294 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1295 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1296 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1297 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1298 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1300 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1301 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1302 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1303 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1304 Northern Illinois University.
1305 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1306 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1308 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1309 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1310 Polytechnic Institute.
1311 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1312 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1313 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1314 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1315 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1316 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1317 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1318 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1319 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1320 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1321 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1323 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1324 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1325 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1326 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1327 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1328 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1329 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1330 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1331 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1332 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1333 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1334 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1335 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1336 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1337 of Concordia University.
1338 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1339 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1340 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1341 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1342 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1343 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1344 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1345 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1347 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1348 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1349 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1350 total number of TCP connections.
1351 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1352 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1353 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1354 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1355 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1356 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1357 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1359 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1361 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1362 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
1363 patch by Bryan Costales.
1364 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1365 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1366 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1367 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1368 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1369 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1370 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
1371 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1372 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1373 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1374 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1375 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1378 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1380 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
1381 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1382 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1384 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
1386 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1387 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
1388 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1389 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1390 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
1391 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1392 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1393 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1395 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1396 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
1398 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1399 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1400 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1401 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1402 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1403 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1404 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1405 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1406 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
1407 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1408 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1409 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
1410 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1411 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1412 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1413 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1414 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1415 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1416 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1417 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
1419 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1420 if queue groups are used.
1421 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1422 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1423 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1424 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1425 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1426 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1427 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
1428 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1429 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1430 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1431 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1432 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1433 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
1434 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1435 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1436 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1437 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1438 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
1439 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1441 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1442 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1443 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
1444 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1445 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
1446 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1448 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1449 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
1452 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1454 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
1455 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1456 at startup, only log an error message.
1457 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1458 following -b) has been specified.
1459 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1460 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
1461 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1462 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1463 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1465 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1466 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1467 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1468 Institute of Mining and Technology.
1469 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1470 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1471 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1472 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1473 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1474 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1475 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1476 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1477 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1478 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1479 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
1481 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
1482 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1484 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1485 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1486 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1487 Meteorological Institute.
1488 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1489 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1491 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1492 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1493 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1494 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1495 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1496 types, respectively.
1497 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1498 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1500 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1501 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1502 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1503 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1504 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1505 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1506 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1507 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1508 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1510 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
1511 of Sun Microsystems.
1512 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1513 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1514 with servers that do not support realms when using
1515 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1516 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1517 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
1518 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1519 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1520 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1521 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1522 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1523 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1524 instead of forcing localhost.
1525 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1526 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1527 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
1528 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1529 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1530 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1531 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1532 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1533 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1534 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1535 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1536 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
1537 Compaq Computer Corp.
1538 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1539 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1542 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
1543 patch provided by HP.
1544 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1545 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
1546 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
1548 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1549 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
1550 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1551 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
1552 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1553 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
1554 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1555 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
1556 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1557 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1558 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
1559 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
1561 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1562 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1563 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1564 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
1566 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
1567 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1568 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1569 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1570 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1571 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
1572 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1573 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1574 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1575 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1576 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1578 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
1580 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1581 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
1583 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1584 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1586 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1587 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1589 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1590 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1591 to free memory twice.
1592 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1593 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1594 of Sun Microsystems.
1595 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1596 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1597 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1598 University of Athens.
1600 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1601 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1602 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1606 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1609 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
1610 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1611 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1612 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
1613 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
1614 found by Michal Zalewski.
1615 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1616 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1617 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1618 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1619 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1620 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1621 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1622 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1623 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1624 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1625 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1626 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1627 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1628 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1629 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
1630 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
1631 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1632 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1633 canonical name for a host.
1634 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1635 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
1636 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
1637 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1639 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1640 `uname` does not given complete information.
1641 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1643 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1644 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1645 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1646 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1647 Courtesan Consulting.
1648 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1649 problems with potential misconfigurations.
1650 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
1651 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1652 Technology Organisation of Australia.
1653 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1654 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1656 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
1657 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1658 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
1659 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1660 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1662 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1663 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
1664 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1674 include/sm/sysstat.h
1676 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
1677 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1678 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
1679 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1680 default). The installation process tries to install
1681 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1682 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1683 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1684 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1685 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1687 GroupWritableForwardFile
1688 WorldWritableForwardFile
1689 GroupWritableIncludeFile
1690 WorldWritableIncludeFile
1691 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1692 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
1693 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1695 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1696 point where the variable could become overused for more than
1697 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
1698 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
1699 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1700 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1701 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1702 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
1703 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1704 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
1705 see sendmail/SECURITY.
1706 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1707 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1708 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1709 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
1711 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1712 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1713 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
1714 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1715 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1716 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
1717 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1718 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
1719 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
1720 command has been removed.
1721 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
1722 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1723 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1724 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1725 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
1726 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1727 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1728 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
1729 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1731 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
1732 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
1733 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
1734 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
1735 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
1736 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
1737 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
1738 creation rather than just before delivery.
1739 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
1740 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
1741 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
1742 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
1743 preference matches (coattail).
1744 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
1745 try other MX hosts if available.
1746 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
1747 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
1748 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
1749 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
1750 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
1751 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
1752 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
1753 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
1754 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
1755 removed in future versions.
1756 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
1757 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
1758 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
1759 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
1760 doc/op/op.me for details.
1761 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1762 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1763 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1764 of the presented certificate, respectively.
1765 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1766 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1767 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1768 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1769 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1770 enough on a per recipient basis.
1771 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1773 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1775 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1776 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1777 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1778 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1779 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1780 really required. This change results in a noticable
1781 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
1782 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1783 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1784 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1785 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1786 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1787 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1788 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
1789 command line, then the value also limits the number of
1790 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1791 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1793 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1794 system each queue directory resides in.
1795 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1796 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1797 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
1798 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1799 collected together) to process the same work list at the
1801 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1802 active queue runner processes.
1803 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1804 runners per queue group.
1805 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1806 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1807 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1808 of the queue that match during processing.
1809 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1810 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1811 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1812 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1813 persistent queue runner.
1814 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1815 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1817 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
1818 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1819 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1820 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1821 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1822 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1823 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1824 of the qf file (older entries first).
1825 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1826 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1827 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1828 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1829 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1830 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1831 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
1832 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1833 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1834 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1835 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1836 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
1837 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1838 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1839 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1840 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1841 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
1842 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
1844 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1845 the number of entries in the queue(s).
1846 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
1847 and the usual documentation for details.
1848 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1849 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1851 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
1852 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1853 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
1854 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1855 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1856 -r (number of retries).
1857 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1858 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1859 and value separated by the given separator.
1860 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1862 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1863 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1864 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1865 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1866 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1867 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
1868 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1869 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1870 filenames with spaces).
1871 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1872 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1873 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1874 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
1875 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
1876 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1877 to the loopback net.
1878 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1879 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
1880 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1881 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1882 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1883 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1884 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1885 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1886 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1887 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1889 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1890 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
1891 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
1892 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1893 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1894 load average is exceeded.
1895 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1896 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1897 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1898 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1899 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1900 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1901 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1902 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
1904 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1905 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
1906 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1907 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1908 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1909 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1910 for direct (command line) submissions.
1911 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1912 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1913 Hagino of the KAME Project.
1914 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1915 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1916 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1917 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1918 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1919 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1920 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1921 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1923 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1924 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1925 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1926 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1927 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1928 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1929 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1930 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1931 of the Universitat Regensburg.
1932 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1933 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1934 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1935 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1936 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1937 See libsm/index.html for details.
1938 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1939 care of by fork() and exit().
1940 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
1941 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1942 new and old (from new libsm).
1943 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1944 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1945 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1946 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1947 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1948 synchronizations calls.
1949 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1950 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1951 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1952 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1953 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1954 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1956 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1957 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
1958 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1959 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1960 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1961 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1962 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1963 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1964 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
1965 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1966 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1967 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1968 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1969 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1970 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1971 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1972 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1973 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1974 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
1975 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1976 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1977 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1978 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1979 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1981 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
1982 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1983 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1984 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1986 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1987 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1988 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1990 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
1991 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1992 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1993 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
1994 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
1995 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
1996 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1997 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1998 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2000 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2001 the default schema used in the above two items.
2002 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2003 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2004 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2005 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2006 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2007 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2008 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2009 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2010 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2011 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2012 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2013 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2015 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2016 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2017 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2018 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
2019 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2020 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
2021 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2022 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2023 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2024 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2025 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
2026 (verbose) command line option.
2027 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2028 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2029 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2030 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2031 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2032 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2033 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2034 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
2035 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
2036 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2037 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2038 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2039 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2041 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2042 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2043 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2044 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2045 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2047 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
2049 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2050 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
2051 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2052 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2053 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2054 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
2055 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2056 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
2058 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2059 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2060 configurable during compile time. The current values and
2062 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
2063 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2064 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
2065 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
2066 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
2067 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
2068 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2069 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2070 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2071 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2072 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2073 Meteorological Institute.
2074 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2075 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2076 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2077 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2078 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2079 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2080 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2081 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2082 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
2083 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2084 See sendmail/README for further information.
2085 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2086 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
2087 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2088 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2089 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2090 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2091 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
2092 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2093 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2094 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2097 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2098 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
2099 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2100 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2101 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2102 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2103 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
2104 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2105 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2106 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2107 Solaris 8 and later.
2108 Add support for OpenUNIX.
2109 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2110 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2111 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2112 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2113 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2114 temporary lookup failures.
2115 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2116 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2118 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2119 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2121 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2122 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2123 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
2124 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2125 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2126 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2127 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2128 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2129 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2130 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2131 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2132 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2133 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2134 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2135 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2136 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2137 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2138 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2139 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2140 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2141 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2142 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2143 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2144 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2145 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2146 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2147 cf/README for details.
2148 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2149 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2150 University of Maryland.
2151 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2152 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2153 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2154 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2155 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2156 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2157 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2158 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2160 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2161 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2162 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2163 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2164 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2166 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2167 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2168 See cf/README for details.
2169 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2170 temporary lookup failures.
2171 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2172 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2173 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2175 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2176 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2177 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2178 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
2179 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2180 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2181 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2182 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2183 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2184 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2185 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2186 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2187 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
2188 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
2189 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
2190 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2191 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2192 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2193 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2194 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
2196 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2197 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2198 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
2200 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2201 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
2202 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2203 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2204 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
2205 recipients as user unknown.
2206 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2207 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2208 section of cf/README for more information.
2209 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2210 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2211 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2212 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2213 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2214 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2215 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2216 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
2217 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
2218 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
2219 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
2220 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
2221 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
2222 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
2223 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
2224 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
2225 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2226 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2227 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
2228 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
2229 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
2230 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
2231 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2232 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
2233 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
2234 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
2235 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
2236 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
2237 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
2238 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2239 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2240 doc/op/op.me for details.
2241 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2242 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
2243 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2244 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2246 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2247 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2248 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2249 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2250 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
2251 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2252 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2253 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2254 This affects the access database as well as the
2255 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2256 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2257 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2258 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2259 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2260 Mississippi State University.
2261 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2262 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2263 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2264 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2265 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2266 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2267 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2268 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2269 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2270 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2271 systems which don't include cat directories.
2272 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2273 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2274 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
2275 mailbox database type.
2276 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2277 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2278 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
2279 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2280 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2281 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2282 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2283 instead of white space.
2284 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2285 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2286 Meteorological Institute.
2287 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2288 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2289 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2290 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2292 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2293 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
2294 to specify the database and message file since there is no
2295 home directory for the default settings for these options.
2296 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2297 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2298 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2299 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2306 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2307 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2308 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2310 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2311 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2312 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2313 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2314 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2316 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2317 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2318 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2329 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2330 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2336 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2337 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2338 include/sendmail/useful.h
2339 libsmutil/errstring.c
2340 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2341 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2346 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2347 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2348 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2350 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2351 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2352 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2353 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2355 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2356 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2357 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2358 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2359 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2361 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2362 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2363 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
2364 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2365 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2366 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2367 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2368 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2369 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2370 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2371 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2372 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2373 across various connections. This could cause session
2374 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2375 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
2376 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2377 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2378 canonical name for a host.
2379 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2380 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2382 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2383 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2384 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2385 Polytechnic Institute.
2386 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2387 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2389 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2390 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2392 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2393 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2395 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2396 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2397 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2399 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2400 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2401 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2402 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2403 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2404 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2405 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2407 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2408 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
2411 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
2412 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2413 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
2414 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2415 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
2416 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2417 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2418 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
2419 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2420 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2421 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
2423 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
2424 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2426 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
2427 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2428 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
2429 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2430 of SE Netway Communications.
2431 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2432 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2433 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2434 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2435 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
2436 Bosserman of EarthLink.
2437 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2438 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2439 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2440 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2441 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2443 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
2444 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2445 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2446 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2447 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2448 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2449 University at Albany.
2450 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2451 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2452 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2453 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2454 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2455 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2457 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
2458 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2459 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2460 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2461 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2462 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2463 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
2464 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2465 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2466 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2468 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
2469 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2470 corruption and other potential race conditions.
2471 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2472 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
2473 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
2474 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2475 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2476 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2477 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2478 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2479 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2480 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2481 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
2483 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2484 QueueDirectory wildcards.
2485 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2486 the same map again while exiting.
2487 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2488 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2490 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2491 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2492 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2493 Oklahoma State University.
2494 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2495 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2496 InTouch Systems, Inc.
2497 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2498 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2499 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2501 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2502 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
2503 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2504 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
2505 from Werner Wiethege.
2506 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2507 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
2508 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2509 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2510 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2512 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
2513 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2514 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
2515 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2517 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2518 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2519 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2520 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2521 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2522 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2523 Meteorological Institute.
2524 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2525 since it generates random process ids.
2526 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2527 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2528 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2530 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2532 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
2533 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2534 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2535 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2536 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2537 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2538 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2539 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2540 communications consulting gmbh.
2541 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2542 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2543 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2544 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2545 connection came in from the command line.
2546 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2547 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
2548 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2549 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2550 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2551 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2552 when they were committed.
2553 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2554 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2555 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2556 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2557 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
2558 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2559 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2560 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2562 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2563 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2565 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2566 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2567 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2568 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2570 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2571 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2572 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2574 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2575 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2576 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2577 University of New Brunswick.
2579 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2580 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2581 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2582 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2583 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2584 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
2585 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
2586 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2587 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2588 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
2589 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2590 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2591 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2592 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2593 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2594 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2595 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2596 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
2597 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2599 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2600 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
2601 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2602 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2603 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2605 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2607 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
2608 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2609 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
2610 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
2611 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2612 Schools" project (IdS).
2613 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2614 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2615 be enabled by compiling with:
2616 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2617 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
2618 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2619 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2620 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2621 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2622 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2623 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2625 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2626 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2627 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2628 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2629 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2630 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2631 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2632 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2634 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2636 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2637 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2638 the Universitat Regensburg.
2639 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2640 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2641 University of Arizona.
2642 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2643 of Collective Technologies.
2644 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2645 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2646 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2648 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2649 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2650 Meteorological Institute.
2651 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2652 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2653 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2654 Meteorological Institute.
2655 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
2656 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2657 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
2658 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2659 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2660 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2661 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2662 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2663 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2664 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2665 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2666 overall connections, not the number of connections per
2667 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
2670 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2671 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
2672 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2673 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2674 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2675 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
2677 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2678 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2679 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2680 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2682 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
2683 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2684 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2686 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2687 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2688 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2689 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2690 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2691 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2692 implicitly assume canonical host names.
2693 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
2694 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2695 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2697 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2698 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
2699 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2700 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2701 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
2702 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2704 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
2705 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2706 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2707 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2708 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2709 of Kyoto University.
2710 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
2711 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2712 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2713 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
2715 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2716 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2717 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2718 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2719 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2723 contrib/buildvirtuser
2726 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
2727 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2728 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2729 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2730 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
2731 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
2732 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
2733 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2734 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
2736 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
2737 process may close the connection before the child process
2738 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
2739 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
2740 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2741 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
2742 read the LDAP secret from a file.
2743 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
2744 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
2745 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
2746 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2747 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
2748 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
2750 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
2751 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
2752 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
2753 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2754 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
2755 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2756 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
2757 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
2758 Fournier of Acadia University.
2759 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
2760 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
2761 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2762 one of the others may be able to take over.
2763 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2764 previous load average query result.
2765 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2766 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2767 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
2768 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2769 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2770 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2771 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2772 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
2773 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2774 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2775 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2776 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2777 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
2778 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2779 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
2780 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2781 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2782 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2783 University of British Columbia.
2785 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2786 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2787 override the setting. Suggested by
2788 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2789 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2790 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
2791 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2792 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2793 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2795 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
2797 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
2798 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2799 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
2800 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
2801 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2802 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2803 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2805 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2806 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2807 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2808 errors in the MAIL address.
2809 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
2810 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2811 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2812 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2813 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2814 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
2815 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
2817 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2818 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2819 mailer as described in cf/README.
2820 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2821 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2822 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2823 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2824 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2826 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2827 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2828 Meteorological Institute.
2829 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2830 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2831 dot as the only character on the line.
2833 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2835 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
2836 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2837 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2838 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2839 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
2840 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2841 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
2842 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2843 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2844 it populates. It is possible that some broken
2845 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2846 Systems in this category should compile with
2847 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2848 system and report broken implementations to
2849 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
2850 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2851 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2852 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2853 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2854 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2855 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2856 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
2857 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2858 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2859 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2860 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
2861 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2862 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2864 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2865 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2866 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2867 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2868 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
2870 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2872 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2873 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
2874 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
2876 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2877 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2878 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2879 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
2880 documented, unless a family is specified in a
2881 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
2882 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2883 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2884 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2885 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
2886 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2887 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2888 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2889 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2890 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2891 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
2892 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2893 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2894 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
2895 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
2896 of Sun Microsystems.
2897 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2898 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2899 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
2900 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2901 the incoming information in the queue file for later
2903 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2904 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2906 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2907 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
2908 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2909 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2910 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2911 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2912 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2913 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
2914 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2915 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2916 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
2917 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2918 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2919 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2920 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2921 of Northern Illinois University.
2922 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
2923 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2924 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2926 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2927 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2928 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2930 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2931 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2932 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
2933 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2934 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2935 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2936 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2937 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2938 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2939 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2940 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2941 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2942 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2943 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2944 G. Thomas Consulting.
2945 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2947 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2948 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2949 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2950 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
2951 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2952 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2953 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2954 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2955 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2956 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2957 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2958 University of Mainz.
2959 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2960 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2961 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
2962 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2964 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2965 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
2966 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2967 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2968 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2969 work properly causing problems if the accept()
2970 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
2971 from Tom Moore of NCR.
2972 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
2973 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2974 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2975 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
2976 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2977 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2978 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2979 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2980 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2981 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2982 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
2983 confCACERT CACERTFile
2984 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
2985 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
2986 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
2987 confRAND_FILE RandFile
2988 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
2989 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
2990 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2991 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
2992 cf/README for more information.
2993 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2994 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2995 called due to a STARTTLS command.
2996 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2997 instead of temporary.
2998 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2999 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3000 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3002 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3003 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
3005 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3006 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3007 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3008 University of Maryland.
3009 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
3010 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3011 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3012 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3013 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3014 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3015 of the University of Alberta.
3016 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3017 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3018 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3019 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3020 of X.509 certificates.
3021 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
3022 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3023 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
3024 Universitat Regensburg.
3025 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3026 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3027 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3028 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3029 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3030 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3031 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3032 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3033 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3034 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3035 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3036 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3037 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3038 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3040 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3041 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3043 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3045 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3046 Denman Tire Corporation.
3047 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3048 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3049 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3050 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3051 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
3052 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
3053 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3054 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3056 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3057 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3061 contrib/link_hash.sh
3062 contrib/movemail.conf
3064 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3067 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
3068 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3069 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3070 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3071 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
3072 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3073 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3074 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3078 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
3079 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3080 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3081 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
3082 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3083 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
3084 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3085 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3086 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3087 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3088 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3089 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
3090 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3091 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3092 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
3093 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3094 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
3095 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3096 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3097 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3099 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3100 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3101 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3102 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3103 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3104 Polytechnic Institute.
3105 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3106 discards the message.
3107 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3108 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3109 attempted to the alias.
3110 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3113 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3114 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3115 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
3116 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
3117 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3118 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
3119 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3120 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3121 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3122 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3123 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3124 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3125 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3126 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3128 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3129 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
3130 Courtesan Consulting.
3131 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
3132 Siemens Business Services.
3133 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3134 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3136 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3137 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3138 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3139 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3140 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3141 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3142 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3144 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3145 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3146 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3147 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3148 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3150 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3151 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3153 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3154 for other internal projects but included in the open source
3156 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3157 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3158 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
3159 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3160 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3161 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3163 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3164 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
3165 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3166 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3168 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
3169 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3170 Northern Illinois University.
3171 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3172 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3173 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
3174 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3175 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3176 Polytechnique de Montreal.
3177 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3178 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3179 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3181 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3182 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3184 contrib/converting.sun.configs
3185 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3190 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
3191 *************************************************************
3192 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
3193 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
3194 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
3195 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
3196 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
3197 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
3198 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
3199 * coach, and a friend. *
3201 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
3202 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
3203 * Julie, we miss you! *
3204 *************************************************************
3205 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3206 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3207 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3208 symbolic link target.
3209 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3210 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3211 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3212 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3213 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3214 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3215 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
3216 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3217 version of sendmail.
3218 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3219 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
3220 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3222 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
3223 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
3224 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3225 for easier code sharing among the programs.
3226 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
3227 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3228 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3229 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3230 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3231 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3232 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3233 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3234 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3235 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3236 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3237 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3238 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3239 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3240 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3241 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3242 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3243 now listen on several different ports. Use:
3244 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3245 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3246 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3247 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3248 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
3249 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3250 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3251 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3252 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3253 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
3254 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3255 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
3256 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3257 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3258 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3259 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3260 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3261 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3262 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3264 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3265 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3266 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
3267 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3268 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
3269 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3270 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3271 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3272 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3273 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3275 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3276 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3277 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
3278 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3279 a control socket request.
3280 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3282 Timeout.resolver.retrans
3283 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3284 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3285 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3286 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3287 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3288 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3289 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3290 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3291 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3293 Timeout.resolver.retry
3294 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3295 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3296 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3297 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3298 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3299 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3300 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3301 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3302 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3304 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3305 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3306 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3307 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3308 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3309 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3310 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3311 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3312 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3313 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3314 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3315 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3316 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3317 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3318 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3319 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3320 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3321 Telecommunications Ltd.
3322 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3323 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3324 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3325 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3327 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3328 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3329 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3330 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3331 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3332 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3333 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3334 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3335 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3336 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3337 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3338 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3339 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3340 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3341 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3342 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3343 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3344 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3345 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3346 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3348 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3349 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3350 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3351 example mailer might be:
3352 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3353 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3354 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3355 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3356 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
3358 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3359 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3360 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3361 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3362 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3364 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3365 body of the original message on delivery status
3367 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
3368 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3369 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3370 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
3371 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3372 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
3373 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
3374 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3375 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
3376 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3377 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
3378 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3379 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
3380 Conwell of Boston University.
3381 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
3382 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3383 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3384 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3386 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3387 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
3388 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3389 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3390 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3391 similar to check_rcpt etc.
3392 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3393 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3394 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3395 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3396 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3397 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3398 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
3399 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3400 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3401 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
3403 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3404 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3405 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3406 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3408 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3409 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3411 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3412 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3413 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3414 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3415 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3416 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3417 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3418 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3419 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3421 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3422 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3423 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3424 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
3425 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3426 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3427 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3428 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3429 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
3430 a denial-of-service attack.
3431 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3432 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
3433 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3435 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3437 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3438 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3439 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3440 directly before the newline.
3441 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3442 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3443 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
3444 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3445 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3446 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
3447 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3448 could not be opened.
3449 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
3450 value of this option is macro expanded.
3451 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3452 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3453 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3454 (along with the already existing macros):
3455 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
3456 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3457 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3458 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3459 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3460 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
3461 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3462 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3463 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3464 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
3465 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3467 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3468 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3469 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3470 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3471 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3472 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
3473 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3474 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3475 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
3476 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3477 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
3478 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3479 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3480 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3481 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3482 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
3483 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3484 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3485 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3486 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
3488 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3489 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
3490 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
3492 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3493 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
3494 of Renaissance Internet Services.
3495 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3496 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3497 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3498 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3499 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3500 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
3501 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3502 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3503 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
3504 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3505 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3506 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3507 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3508 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3509 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3510 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3512 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3513 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3514 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3515 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3516 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3517 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
3518 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
3519 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3520 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3521 David Cooley of Colby College.
3522 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3523 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
3524 already decided the message will be passed to another host
3525 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3526 Buckeridge Young Limited.
3527 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3528 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3529 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
3530 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
3531 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3532 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
3533 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3534 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
3535 of Stanford University.
3536 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
3537 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3538 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3539 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3540 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
3541 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
3542 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3543 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3544 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3545 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
3546 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3547 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
3548 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3549 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3550 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3551 attributes found in the match will be returned.
3552 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3553 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
3554 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3555 comma separated key and value strings.
3556 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3557 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3558 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3559 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3560 a single connection to that host.
3561 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3562 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3564 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3566 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3567 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3568 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
3569 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3570 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3571 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
3572 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3573 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3574 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3575 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3576 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3577 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3578 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3580 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3581 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3582 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3583 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3585 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3586 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
3587 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
3588 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3589 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3590 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3592 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3593 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3595 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
3596 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3597 important if you have large classes.
3598 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3599 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
3600 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3601 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3602 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3603 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3604 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3605 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
3606 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3607 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3608 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
3609 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3610 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3611 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
3612 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3613 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
3614 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3615 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3616 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3617 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3618 determined). For single processor machines, this change
3620 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3621 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3622 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
3623 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3624 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3625 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3626 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3627 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3628 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3629 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3630 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
3631 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3632 connection-based denial of service attacks.
3633 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3635 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3636 information (from= syslog line).
3637 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3639 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3640 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3641 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
3642 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3643 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3644 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3645 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3646 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
3647 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3648 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3649 the program as the default user and the default group, not
3650 the forward file user. This change also assures the
3651 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3652 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
3653 Popovici of DNT Romania.
3654 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3655 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
3656 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3657 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3658 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3659 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3660 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3661 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3662 helpful to know the sender of the message.
3663 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3664 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3665 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3666 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3668 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3669 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3670 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3671 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3672 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3673 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
3674 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3675 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
3676 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3677 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3678 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3679 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3680 length before the attempt.
3681 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3682 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
3683 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3684 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
3685 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3686 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3687 host status files, not all files.
3688 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3689 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3690 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3692 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3693 macro map class. This can be used to store information
3694 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3695 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3697 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
3698 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3699 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3700 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
3701 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3702 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3703 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3704 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3706 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3707 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3708 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3709 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3710 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3711 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
3712 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3713 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
3714 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3715 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3716 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3717 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3718 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
3719 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3721 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3722 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3723 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3724 if referencing a named ruleset.
3725 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3726 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3727 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3728 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
3729 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
3730 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3731 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
3732 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
3733 the University of Maryland.
3734 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
3735 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
3736 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
3737 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
3738 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
3739 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
3741 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
3742 but for outgoing connections.
3743 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
3744 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
3745 a require authentication
3746 b bind to interface through which mail has
3748 c perform hostname canonification
3749 f require fully qualified hostname
3750 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
3752 C don't perform hostname canonification
3753 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
3754 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
3755 h use name of interface for HELO command
3756 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
3757 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
3758 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
3759 Institutes of Health.
3760 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3761 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3762 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3763 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
3764 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3765 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3766 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3767 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3768 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3769 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3770 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3771 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
3772 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3773 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3774 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3775 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3776 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3777 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3778 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3779 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3780 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3781 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
3782 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3783 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
3784 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3785 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3786 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3787 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3788 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3789 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3791 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3792 interface address structure when loading the system network
3793 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3795 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3796 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3797 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
3798 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
3799 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3800 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3802 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3803 Northern Illinois University.
3804 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3805 envelope splitting has occurred.
3806 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3807 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3808 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3809 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3810 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3811 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3813 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3814 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
3815 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3816 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3817 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3818 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
3819 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3820 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3821 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3822 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3823 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3824 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3825 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3826 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
3827 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3828 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3829 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3830 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3831 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3832 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3833 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3834 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
3835 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3836 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3837 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3838 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3840 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3841 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3842 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3843 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3844 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
3845 ruleset lines as well.
3846 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3847 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3848 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
3849 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3851 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3852 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3853 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3854 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3855 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3856 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3857 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3858 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3859 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3860 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3862 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3863 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3864 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3865 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3866 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3867 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3868 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
3869 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3870 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3871 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3872 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3873 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
3874 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3875 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3876 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
3877 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3879 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3880 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3881 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3883 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3884 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3885 them in the .cf file.
3886 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3887 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3888 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3889 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3890 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3891 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3892 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3893 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
3894 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3895 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3896 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3897 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
3898 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
3899 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3900 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
3901 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3902 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3903 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
3904 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3905 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
3906 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3907 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3908 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3909 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
3910 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3911 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
3912 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3913 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3914 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
3915 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
3916 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3917 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3918 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
3919 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
3920 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3921 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
3922 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3923 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3924 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
3925 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3926 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
3927 don't fail on ANY queries.
3928 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3929 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3930 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3931 Northern Illinois University.
3932 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3933 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3935 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3936 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3937 Northern Illinois University.
3938 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3939 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3940 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3942 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3943 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3944 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3945 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
3946 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3947 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3948 This allows network interface probing to work
3949 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
3951 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3952 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3953 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3955 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3956 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3958 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3959 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3961 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3962 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3963 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3964 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3965 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3966 in building the operating system. Users can
3967 override the defaults by setting confCC and
3968 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3969 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3970 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3971 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3972 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3973 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3974 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3975 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3976 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3977 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3978 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3979 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
3980 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3981 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3982 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3983 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3984 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3985 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3986 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
3987 use that value in conf.h.
3988 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
3990 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3991 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3992 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3994 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
3995 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3997 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3998 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3999 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4001 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4002 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
4003 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4005 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4007 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4008 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
4009 Siemens Business Services.
4010 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4011 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4012 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4013 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
4014 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4015 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4016 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4018 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4019 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4020 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4021 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4022 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4023 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4024 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4026 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
4027 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4028 Technology Information Network.
4029 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
4030 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4031 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4032 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4034 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4035 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
4036 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
4037 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4038 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
4039 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
4041 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4042 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4043 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4044 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4045 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4046 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4047 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
4048 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
4049 Courtesan Consulting.
4050 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4051 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4052 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4053 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4054 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4055 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4057 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4058 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4060 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4061 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4062 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4063 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
4065 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4066 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
4067 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
4068 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
4069 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
4070 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
4071 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
4072 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
4073 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
4074 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
4075 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
4076 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
4077 confPID_FILE PidFile
4078 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
4079 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
4080 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
4081 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
4082 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4083 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4084 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
4085 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4086 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4087 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
4088 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
4089 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4090 which takes the options as argument and can be used
4091 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4092 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4093 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4094 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
4095 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4097 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4098 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4099 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4100 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4101 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
4102 value should be changed with care.
4103 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4104 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4105 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4106 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4108 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4109 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
4111 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4112 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4113 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4114 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4115 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4116 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4117 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4118 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4119 of Northern Illinois University.
4120 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4121 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4122 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4123 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4124 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4126 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4128 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4129 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4130 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4131 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
4132 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4134 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4135 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4136 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4137 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4138 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4139 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4140 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
4141 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4142 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4143 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4144 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
4145 Hubert of University of Washington.
4146 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4147 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
4148 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4149 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4150 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4151 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
4152 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4153 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
4154 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4156 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4157 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4159 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4160 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4161 University and Brian Candler.
4162 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4163 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4164 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4165 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4167 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4168 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4169 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4170 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4171 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4172 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4173 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4174 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4175 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4176 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4177 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4178 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
4179 Willamette Industries, Inc.
4180 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4181 converted to <user@d>
4182 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4183 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4184 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4185 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4187 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4188 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4189 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4191 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4192 be accessed by their numbers).
4193 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4194 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4196 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4197 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4198 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4199 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4200 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4201 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4202 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4203 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4204 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4205 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4206 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4207 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4209 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4210 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4211 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4212 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
4213 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4214 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4215 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4216 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4217 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4218 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4219 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4220 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4221 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4222 University of California at Berkeley.
4223 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4224 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4225 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
4226 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4227 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4229 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4230 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4231 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4233 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4234 be used for building.
4235 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4236 used for a fresh build.
4237 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4238 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4240 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4241 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4242 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4243 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
4245 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4246 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4247 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4248 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4249 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
4250 of Siemens Business Services.
4251 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4252 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4253 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
4255 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4256 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4257 They should contain the C source files for the object files
4258 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
4259 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4260 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4261 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
4262 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4263 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4264 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4265 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
4266 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4267 are in devtools/README.
4268 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4269 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4270 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4271 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
4272 new variable which identifies the root of the source
4273 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4274 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4275 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4277 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4278 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4279 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4280 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4281 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4283 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4284 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4286 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4287 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
4288 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4289 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4290 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4292 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4293 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4294 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4295 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
4296 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4297 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4298 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4299 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4300 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4301 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4302 install-strip target.
4303 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4304 the others (if it exists).
4305 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4306 then the default ones.
4307 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4308 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4309 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4311 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4312 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4313 Northern Illinois University.
4314 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4315 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4316 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4317 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4318 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4319 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4321 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4322 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4323 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4325 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4326 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4327 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4328 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4329 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4330 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4331 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4333 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4334 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4335 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4336 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4337 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4338 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4339 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4340 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4341 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4342 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4343 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4344 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4345 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4346 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4347 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4348 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4349 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4350 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4351 timeout to avoid starvation.
4352 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4353 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4354 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4355 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4356 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4357 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4358 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4360 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4361 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4362 sendmail configuration file.
4363 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4364 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4366 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
4367 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4368 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
4369 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4370 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
4371 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4372 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4373 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4374 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4376 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4377 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4378 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
4379 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4380 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4381 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4382 Institute for Global Communications.
4383 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4384 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
4385 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4386 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4387 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
4388 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4389 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
4390 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4391 of the Institute for Global Communications.
4392 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
4393 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4394 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4395 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
4396 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4398 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4399 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
4400 which execute the actual Build script in
4402 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4403 -mandoc as they were previously.
4404 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4405 of Build will work (unless parameters are
4406 required for Build).
4414 Renamed Directories:
4415 BuildTools => devtools
4419 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4420 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4426 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4427 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4428 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4430 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4431 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4432 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4433 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4437 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4438 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4439 contrib/domainmap.m4
4442 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4444 devtools/M4/string.m4
4445 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4446 devtools/M4/switch.m4
4449 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4450 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4452 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4460 sendmail/bf_portable.c
4461 sendmail/bf_portable.h
4464 sendmail/shmticklib.c
4465 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4471 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4472 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4473 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4474 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4475 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4476 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4477 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4478 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4479 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4481 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4483 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
4484 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4485 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4486 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4487 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4488 Schools" project (IdS).
4489 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4490 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
4491 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
4492 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4493 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4494 when performing the MIME header length check. This
4495 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
4496 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4497 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4498 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4499 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4500 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4501 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4502 ExecPC Internet Systems.
4503 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4504 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4505 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4506 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
4507 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4508 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4509 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4510 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
4511 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4512 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4513 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4514 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4515 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4516 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4517 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4518 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4519 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4520 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
4521 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4524 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4525 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
4526 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4527 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
4528 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
4529 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4530 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4531 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4532 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4533 Technical University of Denmark.
4534 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4535 Supercomputer Center.
4536 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4537 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4538 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4539 of Stanford University.
4540 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4541 between different releases. Back out the
4542 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4543 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4544 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4545 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4546 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4548 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4549 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4550 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4552 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4553 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
4554 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4555 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4556 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
4557 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4558 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
4559 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4560 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4561 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4562 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4563 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4564 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4567 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4568 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4569 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4571 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
4572 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4573 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
4574 for a denial of service attack.
4575 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4576 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4577 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4578 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4580 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4581 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4582 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4583 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4584 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4585 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
4586 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4587 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4589 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4590 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4591 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4592 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4593 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4594 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4595 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4596 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
4597 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4598 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4599 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4600 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4601 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4602 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4603 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4604 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4605 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4606 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4608 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4609 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
4610 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4611 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4612 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4613 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
4614 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4615 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
4616 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4617 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4618 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4619 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4621 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4622 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4623 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4624 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4625 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4626 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4627 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4628 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4629 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4630 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4631 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4632 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
4633 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4635 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
4636 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4637 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4638 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4639 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
4640 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
4641 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4642 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4643 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
4644 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4645 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
4646 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4647 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4648 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
4649 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4650 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
4651 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4652 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4653 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4654 Meteorological Institute.
4655 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4656 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
4657 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4659 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4660 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4661 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
4662 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4663 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4664 reading network interface addresses into
4665 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
4666 Cal State University, Chico.
4667 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4668 from changing the semantics of the compiled
4669 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
4670 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4671 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
4672 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4673 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4674 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
4675 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4676 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4677 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4678 of Sun Microsystems.
4679 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
4680 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4681 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
4683 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
4684 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4685 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
4687 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4688 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4690 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4691 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4693 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
4694 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4695 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4696 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
4697 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4698 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4699 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4700 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
4701 Manawatu Internet Services.
4702 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4703 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4704 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
4705 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4706 of Northern Illinois University.
4707 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
4708 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4710 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4712 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
4713 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4714 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4715 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4716 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4717 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4718 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4719 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4720 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4721 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4722 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4723 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
4724 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4725 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
4726 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4727 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4728 the envelope From header.
4729 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4730 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4731 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
4732 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
4733 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
4734 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
4735 Portal Services, Inc.
4736 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
4737 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
4739 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4741 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
4742 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
4743 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
4744 contrib/smcontrol.pl
4747 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
4748 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
4749 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
4750 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
4751 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
4752 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
4753 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
4754 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4755 Meteorological Institute.
4756 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
4757 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
4758 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4759 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
4760 installation commands. The man pages would still be
4761 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
4762 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4763 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4764 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4765 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4766 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4767 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4768 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4769 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4770 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4771 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4772 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4773 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4774 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4775 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
4777 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4778 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
4779 DaveLtd Enterprises.
4780 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4781 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
4782 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4783 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4784 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
4785 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4786 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
4787 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4788 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4789 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4790 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4791 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4792 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4794 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4795 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
4796 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4797 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4798 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4799 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4801 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4802 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4803 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4804 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4805 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
4807 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
4808 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4810 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
4811 J. P. McCann of E I A.
4812 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
4814 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4815 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4816 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4817 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4818 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4819 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4820 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4821 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4822 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
4823 would not accept @@hostname.
4824 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4825 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4826 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4827 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
4828 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4830 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4832 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
4833 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4834 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4835 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4836 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
4837 which need the ability to override security can use the
4838 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
4840 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4841 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4842 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4843 world writable directories.
4844 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4845 it is in a world writable directory.
4846 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4847 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4848 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
4849 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4850 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4851 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4852 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4853 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4854 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4855 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4856 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
4857 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4858 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4859 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
4860 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4862 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4863 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4864 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4865 the University of Maryland.
4866 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
4867 of Cal State University, Chico.
4868 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
4869 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4870 current version of Berkeley DB.
4871 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4872 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4873 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4874 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4876 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4877 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4878 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
4880 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4881 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4882 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
4883 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4884 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4885 mail.local on the F=z flag.
4886 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
4887 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4888 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
4889 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4890 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4891 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4892 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4893 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4894 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4895 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4896 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4897 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4898 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4899 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4900 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
4901 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4902 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
4903 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4904 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4905 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4906 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4907 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
4908 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4909 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4910 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4911 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
4913 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4914 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4915 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4916 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4917 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
4918 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4919 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4920 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4921 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4922 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
4923 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4924 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4925 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4926 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4927 sender for those failures.
4928 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4929 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4930 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4931 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
4933 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4934 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4935 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4936 of Procter & Gamble.
4937 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4938 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4939 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4940 of Procter & Gamble.
4941 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
4942 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4943 of system security. This should only be used if you are
4944 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
4945 DontBlameSendmail options are:
4948 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4949 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4950 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4951 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4952 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4953 GroupWritableAliasFile
4954 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4955 WorldWritableAliasFile
4956 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4957 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4958 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4959 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4960 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4961 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4963 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4964 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4965 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4966 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4967 LinkedMapInWritableDir
4968 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4969 FileDeliveryToHardLink
4970 FileDeliveryToSymLink
4973 WriteStatsToHardLink
4975 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4977 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4978 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
4979 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4980 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4981 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4982 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4983 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4984 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4985 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4986 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4987 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4988 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4989 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4990 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4991 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4992 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4993 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4994 contrast to the success case).
4995 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
4998 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4999 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5000 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5001 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5002 from hiding their connection information in Received:
5004 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5005 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
5006 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5007 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5008 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5009 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
5010 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5011 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
5012 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5013 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5014 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5015 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5016 remote identity can be queried.
5017 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5018 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5019 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
5020 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5021 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5022 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5023 some of the details are determined dynamically via
5024 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5025 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5026 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5027 the new Build method which creates an operating system
5028 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5029 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5030 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5031 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
5032 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5033 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
5034 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5035 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5036 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5037 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5038 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5039 This means that even if only one of the recipients
5040 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5041 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5042 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5043 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
5044 of CNET: The Computer Network.
5045 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5046 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5047 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5048 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5049 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5050 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5051 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5052 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5053 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5054 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5055 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5056 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5057 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5058 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5059 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
5060 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5061 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5062 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5063 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5065 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5067 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5068 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
5069 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5070 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5071 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5072 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5073 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5074 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5076 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
5077 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5078 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5080 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5081 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
5082 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5083 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5084 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5085 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
5086 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5087 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
5089 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5090 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
5091 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
5092 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5093 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5094 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
5095 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5096 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5097 Stratus Computer, Inc.
5098 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5099 currently supported version.
5100 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
5101 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5102 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5103 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5104 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
5105 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5106 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5107 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5108 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5109 message in error bounces.
5110 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5111 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5112 Digital Equipment Corporation.
5114 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5115 of Kyoto University.
5116 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
5117 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5119 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5120 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5122 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5123 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5124 the University of Maryland.
5125 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5126 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5127 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5128 Meteorological Institute.
5129 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5130 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5131 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5132 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5133 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5134 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5135 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
5136 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
5137 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5138 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5139 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
5140 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5141 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5142 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
5144 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5145 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5146 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
5147 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5148 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5149 directory for certain programs.
5150 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5151 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5152 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5153 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
5154 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5155 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5156 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
5157 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
5158 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5159 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5160 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5161 the user to setup different .forward files for
5162 user+detail addressing.
5163 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5164 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5165 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5166 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5167 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5168 outside your domain).
5169 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5170 any site to any site.
5171 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5172 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5173 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5174 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5175 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5176 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
5177 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5178 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
5179 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5180 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5181 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5182 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5183 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5184 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5185 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5187 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
5188 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
5189 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5190 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5191 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
5192 needed for most installations.
5193 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5194 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
5195 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5196 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5197 the University of Maryland.
5198 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5199 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5200 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5201 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5202 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5203 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5204 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5205 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5206 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5207 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5208 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5209 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
5210 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5211 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
5212 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5213 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5214 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5215 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
5216 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
5217 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
5218 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5219 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5220 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5221 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5222 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5223 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
5224 above for more information.
5225 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5226 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5227 Meteorological Institute.
5228 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5229 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5230 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
5231 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
5232 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5233 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5234 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5235 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5236 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5237 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5238 MustQuoteChars respectively.
5239 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
5240 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5241 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
5242 CMU (now of Netscape).
5243 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5244 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
5245 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
5246 read mail.local/README.
5247 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5248 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5249 University of Maryland.
5250 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5252 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5253 Meteorological Institute.
5254 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5255 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5256 University of Maryland.
5257 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5258 such as linked files in world writable directories.
5259 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5260 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5261 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
5262 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5264 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
5265 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5266 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5268 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5269 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5270 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5272 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5273 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5274 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5275 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5276 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5277 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5278 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5279 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5280 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5281 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5282 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5283 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5284 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5285 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5286 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5288 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5289 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5291 BuildTools/Site/README
5292 BuildTools/bin/Build
5293 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5294 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5295 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5298 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5299 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5300 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5301 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5302 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5303 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5304 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5305 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5307 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5308 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5309 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5310 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5312 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5314 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5317 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5321 praliases/Makefile.m4
5331 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5333 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5335 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5337 makemap/Makefile.dist
5339 praliases/Makefile.dist
5344 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5345 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5346 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5347 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5350 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5351 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5352 src/READ_ME => src/README
5354 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
5355 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5356 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5357 Meteorological Institute.
5358 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5359 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
5360 Arseneault of SRI International.
5361 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5362 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5363 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5364 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5365 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5366 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5367 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
5368 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
5369 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5370 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5371 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5373 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5374 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5375 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5376 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5377 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5378 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5379 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5380 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5381 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
5382 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5383 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5384 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5385 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5386 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5387 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5388 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
5389 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5390 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5391 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
5392 results during a single message processing (but would
5393 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
5394 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5395 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5396 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5397 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5398 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5399 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5400 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5401 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5402 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5403 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
5404 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5405 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5406 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5407 and the inability to save a bounce message to
5408 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5409 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5410 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5411 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5413 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
5414 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5415 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5416 could cause confusing error messages.
5417 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5418 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
5419 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5420 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5422 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
5423 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5424 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5425 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5426 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5427 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5428 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5430 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5431 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
5432 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5433 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5434 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5435 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5436 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5437 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5439 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5440 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5441 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5442 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5443 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5444 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5445 RUS University of Stuttgart.
5447 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5448 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
5449 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
5450 of Stanford University.
5451 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5452 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
5453 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5455 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5456 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5457 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5458 Electronic Data Systems.
5459 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
5460 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5461 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5462 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5463 loader environment variables into the loader memory
5464 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
5465 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5466 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5467 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
5468 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5469 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5470 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5471 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
5472 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5473 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
5474 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5475 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
5476 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5477 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5478 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5479 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5481 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5482 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5483 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5484 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
5485 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5486 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5488 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5489 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5490 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5493 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
5494 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5495 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5496 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5497 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5498 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5500 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5501 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
5502 of Technology, Stockholm.
5503 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5504 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5505 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5506 that these routines are included as though they were in the
5507 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5508 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5509 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5510 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5511 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5512 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5513 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
5514 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5515 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5516 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
5517 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5518 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
5519 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5520 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5521 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5522 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
5523 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5524 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5525 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5526 have to assume that the information is good.
5527 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5529 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5530 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5531 errors during testing.
5532 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5533 printed in the error message.
5534 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5535 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5536 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5537 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5538 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5539 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5540 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5541 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5542 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5543 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
5544 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5545 runner runs during a critical section in another message
5546 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5548 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5549 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5550 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5551 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
5552 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5553 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5554 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5555 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5556 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5557 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5558 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5559 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5560 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5561 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
5562 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5563 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5564 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5566 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5567 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5568 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5569 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
5570 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5571 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5572 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5573 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
5574 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5575 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5576 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
5578 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5579 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
5580 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5581 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5583 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5584 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
5585 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5587 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
5588 of Argonne National Laboratory.
5589 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5590 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5591 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
5592 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5593 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5595 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5596 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5597 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5598 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5599 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5600 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5602 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
5603 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5604 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
5605 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5607 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5608 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5609 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
5610 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
5611 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5612 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5613 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5614 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5616 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5617 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
5618 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5619 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5620 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5621 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5622 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5623 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5625 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5626 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
5628 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
5629 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5630 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5631 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5632 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5633 changed after open".
5634 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
5636 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5638 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5639 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5641 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5645 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
5646 *************************************************************
5647 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
5648 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
5649 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
5650 * continued sendmail development. *
5651 *************************************************************
5652 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5653 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5654 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
5655 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5656 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5657 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
5658 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5659 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
5660 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5661 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
5662 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5663 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5664 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
5665 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5666 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5667 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5668 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5669 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5670 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5671 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5672 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5673 another database; this can be used either to expose
5674 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5675 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5676 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
5677 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5678 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5679 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5680 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
5681 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5683 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5684 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5685 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
5686 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
5687 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5688 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5689 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5690 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5691 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5692 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5693 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5694 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5695 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5696 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5697 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5698 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5699 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5700 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5701 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5702 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5703 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
5704 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5705 NFS-mounted filesystems.
5706 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5707 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5708 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5709 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5710 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
5711 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5712 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5713 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
5714 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5715 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5716 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5718 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5719 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
5721 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5722 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
5723 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5724 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5725 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5726 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5727 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5728 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
5729 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5730 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5731 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
5733 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
5734 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
5735 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5736 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
5737 too large) don't send the bogus message.
5738 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
5739 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
5740 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5741 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
5742 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
5743 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
5744 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
5745 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
5747 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
5748 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
5750 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
5751 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
5752 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
5753 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
5754 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
5755 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
5756 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
5757 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
5758 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
5759 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
5761 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5762 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5763 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5765 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5766 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5767 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
5768 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5769 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5770 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5771 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5772 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
5773 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5775 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5776 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5778 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5779 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5780 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5781 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5782 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
5783 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5784 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5785 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
5786 erroneous results during a single message processing
5787 (but would recover when the next message was received).
5788 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5789 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
5790 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5791 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5792 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
5793 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5794 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5795 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5796 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5797 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5798 address as "may be forged".
5799 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5800 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5801 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5802 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5803 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5804 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
5806 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5807 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5808 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5809 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5810 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5811 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5812 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5813 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5814 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5816 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5817 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
5818 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5819 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5820 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
5821 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5822 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5823 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5824 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5825 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
5826 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5828 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5829 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5830 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
5831 John Beck of SunSoft.
5832 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5833 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5834 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5835 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5836 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5837 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5838 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5839 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
5840 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5841 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
5842 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5844 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5845 on some architectures.
5847 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5848 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5849 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
5850 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5851 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5853 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5854 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5855 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5856 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5857 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5858 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5859 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5860 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5861 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
5862 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5863 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5864 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5865 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5866 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5867 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5869 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
5871 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5872 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5874 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5875 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5876 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5877 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
5879 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5880 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5881 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5882 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5883 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5884 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5885 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5886 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
5887 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5888 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5889 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
5890 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5891 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5892 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5893 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5894 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5895 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5896 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5897 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5898 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5899 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5900 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5901 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
5902 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5903 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5904 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5905 was specified, even when it wasn't.
5906 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
5907 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5908 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5909 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
5910 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5911 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5912 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5913 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5914 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
5915 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5916 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5918 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
5919 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
5920 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5921 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5922 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5923 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5924 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5925 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5927 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5928 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5929 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
5930 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
5931 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5932 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
5933 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5934 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5935 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5936 for system accounts.
5939 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5941 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5942 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5943 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5945 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5946 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5948 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
5949 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
5950 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5951 even if RunAsUser is specified.
5952 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
5953 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5954 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5955 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5956 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5957 University of Pennsylvania.
5958 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5959 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
5960 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5961 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5962 was unnecessarily awful.
5963 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5964 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5965 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5966 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5967 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5968 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5969 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5970 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5971 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5972 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5973 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5974 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5975 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
5976 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5977 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5978 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5980 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5981 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
5982 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5984 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5985 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5986 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
5987 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
5988 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5989 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5990 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5991 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5992 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5993 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5994 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5995 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
5996 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5997 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
5999 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6000 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6001 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6002 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
6003 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6004 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6005 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6006 The current values and defaults are:
6007 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6008 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
6009 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
6010 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
6011 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6012 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6013 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6014 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6015 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
6016 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6017 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6018 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6019 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6020 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6021 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
6023 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6024 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6025 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6026 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6027 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6028 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6029 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6030 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6031 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6032 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6033 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6034 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6036 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6037 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6038 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6039 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6040 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
6041 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6042 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6043 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6045 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6046 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6047 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6048 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6049 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6050 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6051 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6053 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6054 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6055 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6056 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6057 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6058 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6059 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6060 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
6061 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6062 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6064 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6065 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
6066 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6067 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6068 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
6069 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6070 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6071 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
6072 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6073 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6074 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6075 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
6076 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
6077 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
6078 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6079 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6080 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6081 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6082 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
6083 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6084 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6085 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6086 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6087 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6088 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6089 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6092 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
6093 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6094 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6095 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
6096 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6097 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
6098 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
6099 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6100 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6101 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6102 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
6103 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6104 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
6105 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
6106 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6107 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6108 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6109 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6110 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
6111 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6112 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6113 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6114 Problem noted by several people.
6115 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6116 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6117 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
6119 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6120 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6121 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6122 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6123 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6124 of Best Internet Communications.
6125 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
6126 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6127 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6128 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6129 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6130 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6131 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6132 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6133 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
6134 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6135 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6136 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6137 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6138 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6139 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6140 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
6142 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
6143 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6144 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6145 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6146 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
6147 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
6148 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6149 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6150 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6151 of Kyoto University.
6152 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6153 conditions from Don Lewis.
6154 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6155 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6156 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6157 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
6158 patch from Bryan Costales.
6160 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6161 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
6162 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
6163 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6164 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6165 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
6166 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6167 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
6168 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6169 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
6170 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6172 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6174 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6175 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6176 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6177 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6178 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6179 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
6180 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6181 than one long one. By popular demand.
6182 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
6183 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6184 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6185 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6186 of NTT Software Corporation.
6187 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6191 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
6192 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6193 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
6194 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6195 best-of-security list.
6196 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6197 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6198 should make it clearer to people that they are running
6200 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6201 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6202 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6203 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
6204 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6205 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6206 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6207 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
6208 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6209 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6210 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6211 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6212 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6213 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
6214 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6215 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6216 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6217 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6218 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
6220 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
6221 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6222 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6223 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6224 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6225 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6227 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6228 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6229 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6230 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
6231 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6232 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6233 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6234 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
6235 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6236 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
6237 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6238 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6239 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6240 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6241 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6242 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6243 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6244 University of Linkoping.
6245 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6246 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
6247 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6248 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6249 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6250 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6251 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6253 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6254 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6255 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6256 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6257 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
6258 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
6259 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6261 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6262 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6263 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
6264 HÃ¥kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6265 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6266 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6267 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6268 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6269 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6270 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6271 The outline of the implementation was contributed
6272 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6273 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6274 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6275 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6276 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6277 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
6278 Earickson of Colby College.
6279 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
6280 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6281 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6283 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6284 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
6285 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6286 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6287 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6288 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
6289 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6290 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6291 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6292 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6293 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6294 University of Washington, Seattle.
6295 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6296 Polytechnic Institute.
6297 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6298 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6300 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6302 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6304 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6305 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6306 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6308 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6309 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6310 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6311 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6312 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6315 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6316 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6317 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6318 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6319 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6320 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6321 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6322 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6324 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6325 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6327 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6328 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6329 on illegal host names.
6330 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6331 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6332 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6333 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6334 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6335 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6336 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6337 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6338 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6339 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6340 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6341 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6342 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6343 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6344 University of Leicester.
6345 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6346 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6347 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6348 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6349 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6350 University of Washington.
6352 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6353 people pointed this out.
6354 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6355 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6356 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6357 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6358 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6359 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6360 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6361 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6363 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
6364 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6365 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
6366 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6368 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
6369 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6370 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6371 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6372 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
6373 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6374 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
6375 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6376 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
6377 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6378 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6379 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6380 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6381 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6383 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6384 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6385 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6386 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6387 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6388 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
6389 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6390 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6391 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6392 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
6393 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6394 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6395 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6396 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
6397 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6398 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6399 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6400 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6402 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6403 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6405 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6406 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6407 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6408 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6409 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
6410 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6411 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6412 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6413 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6414 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6415 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6416 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6417 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6419 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6420 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6421 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6422 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6423 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
6424 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6425 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6426 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6427 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6428 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
6429 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6430 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6431 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6432 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
6433 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6434 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6435 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6436 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6437 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6439 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6440 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
6442 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6443 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6444 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
6445 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6446 there should be no security implications. Implementation
6447 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
6448 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6449 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6450 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6451 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
6452 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6453 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6454 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6456 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6457 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6458 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6459 University of Maryland.
6460 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
6461 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6462 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6463 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6464 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6465 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
6466 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6467 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6468 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6469 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
6470 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6471 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
6472 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
6473 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6474 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
6475 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
6476 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6477 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6478 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6479 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
6481 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6482 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6483 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
6484 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6485 is for incoming connections only.
6486 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
6487 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6488 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
6489 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
6490 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6491 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6492 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6493 (e.g., due to connection caching).
6494 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6495 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6496 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6497 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
6498 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6499 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6500 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6501 that take a very long time to run.
6502 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
6503 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6504 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6505 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6506 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
6507 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6508 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6509 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6510 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6511 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6512 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
6514 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6515 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6517 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6518 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6519 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6520 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6521 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6522 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6523 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6524 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6525 different for this case.
6526 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6527 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6528 of Stanford University.
6529 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6530 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6531 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
6532 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6533 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6534 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
6535 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6536 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6537 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
6538 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6539 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6540 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6541 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
6542 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6543 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6544 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6545 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6546 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6547 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6549 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6550 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6551 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
6552 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6553 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6554 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
6555 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6556 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6558 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6559 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6561 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6562 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6563 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6564 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
6565 either of these in their configuration file.
6566 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6567 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
6568 St. Peter's College.
6569 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6570 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
6571 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6572 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6573 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
6574 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6575 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6576 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
6577 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6579 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6580 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6581 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
6582 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6583 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6584 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
6585 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6586 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6587 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6588 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6590 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6591 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6592 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6593 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6594 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6595 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6596 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6597 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6598 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6599 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6600 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6602 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
6603 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6604 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6605 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6606 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6608 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
6609 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6610 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6611 See also the src/READ_ME file.
6612 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6613 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
6614 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6615 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6616 two characters $, +.
6617 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6619 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6620 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6621 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6623 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6624 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
6626 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6627 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6628 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
6629 Beck of InReference, Inc.
6630 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6631 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6632 Computing Corporation.
6633 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6634 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6635 Internet Communications.
6636 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6637 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6638 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6640 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
6641 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6642 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6643 of the University of Iceland.
6644 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6645 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6646 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6647 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
6648 this change is a no-op.
6649 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
6651 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
6653 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6654 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6655 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6656 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6657 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
6658 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6659 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6660 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6661 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
6662 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6663 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6664 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
6665 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
6667 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6668 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
6669 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6670 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6671 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6672 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
6673 easily determine what messages are to their role as
6674 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
6675 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6676 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6677 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
6678 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6679 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6680 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6681 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
6682 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6683 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
6684 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6685 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
6686 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
6687 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6688 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6689 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
6690 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
6691 of Stanford University.
6692 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6693 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
6694 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6695 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6696 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6697 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6698 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6699 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6700 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6701 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6702 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
6703 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
6704 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6705 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
6707 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6708 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6709 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
6710 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6711 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
6712 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6713 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
6714 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
6715 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
6716 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
6717 value is ".hoststat".
6718 There are also two new operation modes:
6719 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6721 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
6722 recent status information.
6723 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6724 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6725 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6726 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6727 framework is gratefully appreciated.
6728 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6729 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6730 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6731 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
6732 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
6733 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
6734 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
6735 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
6736 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
6737 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
6738 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
6739 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
6740 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
6742 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
6743 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6744 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
6745 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
6746 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
6747 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6748 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
6749 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
6750 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
6751 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
6752 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
6754 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
6755 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
6756 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
6757 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
6758 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
6759 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
6760 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
6761 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6762 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6763 of Washington, Seattle.
6764 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
6765 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6766 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6767 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6768 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6769 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
6770 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6771 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
6772 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
6774 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6775 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6776 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6777 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6778 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6779 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6780 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
6781 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6782 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6784 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6785 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
6786 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6787 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6788 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6789 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6790 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6791 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
6792 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6793 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
6794 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6795 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6796 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
6797 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6798 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6799 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
6801 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6802 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6803 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6804 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
6805 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6806 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
6807 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6808 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6809 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
6810 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
6811 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6812 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6813 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6814 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6815 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6816 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6817 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6818 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6819 National University of Singapore.
6820 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
6821 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6822 system can't cope with.
6824 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6825 Atlas International.
6826 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6828 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6829 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6830 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
6831 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6832 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6833 Bernstein and Associates.
6834 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6835 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
6836 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6837 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6838 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6839 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6840 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6841 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6842 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6843 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6844 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6845 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6846 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6847 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6848 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6849 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6851 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6852 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6853 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6854 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6855 Employment Standards Administration.
6856 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6857 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6859 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6860 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6861 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6862 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6863 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6864 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6865 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6866 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6867 of the University of Arizona.
6868 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
6869 Vanderbilt University.
6870 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6871 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6872 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
6873 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6874 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
6875 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6876 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6877 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6878 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6880 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6881 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6882 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6883 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
6885 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
6886 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
6887 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6888 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
6889 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6890 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6891 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
6892 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6893 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6894 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
6895 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6896 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6897 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6898 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
6899 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6900 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
6901 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6902 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6903 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6904 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6905 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6906 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
6907 info@foo.com foo-info
6908 info@bar.com bar-info
6909 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
6910 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6911 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6912 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6913 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
6914 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
6915 a great many people.
6916 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6917 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6918 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6920 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6921 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6922 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6923 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
6924 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
6925 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6926 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6927 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6928 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
6929 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
6930 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6931 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6932 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6933 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
6934 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6935 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
6936 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6937 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6938 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6940 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6941 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
6942 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6943 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6944 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
6945 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6946 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6947 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
6948 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6949 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6950 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6951 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6952 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6953 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
6955 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6956 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6957 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6958 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6960 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6961 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
6962 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6963 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6964 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6965 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6966 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
6967 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6968 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6969 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6970 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6971 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6972 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6973 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
6975 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6976 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6977 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6978 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6980 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6981 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6982 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6983 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6984 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6985 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6986 mailstats/mailstats.8
6987 praliases/praliases.8
6988 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6989 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6990 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6991 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6992 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6996 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6998 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7000 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7004 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7005 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
7006 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
7007 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7008 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7010 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
7011 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7012 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7013 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
7014 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7015 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7016 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7017 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
7018 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7020 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
7021 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7022 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7023 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7024 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7025 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7028 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
7029 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7030 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7031 any user (except root).
7032 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7033 version number is unchanged.
7035 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
7036 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7037 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
7038 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7039 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7040 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
7041 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7042 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7043 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
7046 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7047 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7048 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
7049 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7050 Stanford University.
7051 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7052 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7054 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
7055 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7056 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
7057 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7058 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7059 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7060 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
7061 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7062 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
7063 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7064 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7065 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7066 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
7068 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7069 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7070 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7071 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7072 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7073 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7074 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7075 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
7076 bounces when it should have requeued.
7077 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7078 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7079 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
7080 John Hawkinson of Panix.
7081 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7082 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7083 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7084 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
7085 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
7086 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7087 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7089 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
7090 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7091 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7092 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
7093 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7094 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7095 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7096 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7097 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7098 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7099 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7100 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
7101 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7102 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7104 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7105 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7106 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7107 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7108 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7109 included even if the user did not request success notification,
7110 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7111 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7112 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7113 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7114 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
7115 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7116 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
7118 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7119 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
7120 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7121 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7122 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7123 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7124 Technological University.
7125 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7126 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
7127 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7128 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7129 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
7130 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7131 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7132 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7133 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7134 to have the database format of the alias files without the
7135 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7137 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7138 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7139 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7140 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7141 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7143 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7144 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
7145 Association for Progressive Communications.
7146 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7147 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7148 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7149 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7150 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
7151 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7152 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7154 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7155 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
7156 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
7157 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7158 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7159 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7160 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
7161 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7162 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
7163 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7165 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7166 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
7167 James B. Davis of TCI.
7168 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
7169 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7170 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7171 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
7172 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7173 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7174 isn't supported on all compilers.
7175 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7176 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7177 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7178 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7179 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7180 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7181 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7183 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7184 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7185 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7186 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
7187 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7188 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7189 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
7190 for different files.
7191 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
7192 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7193 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7194 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7195 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7198 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
7199 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7200 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7201 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
7202 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7203 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7204 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7205 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7206 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7207 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7208 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7209 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7210 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
7211 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7212 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7213 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7214 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7215 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7216 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
7217 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7218 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7219 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7220 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7221 results. This could have security implications.
7222 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7223 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7224 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7225 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7226 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
7227 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7228 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
7230 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
7231 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7232 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7233 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7234 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7235 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7236 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
7237 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7238 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7239 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
7240 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
7241 domain names are your friends.
7242 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7243 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7244 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7245 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7246 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7247 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
7248 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7249 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7251 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7252 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7253 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7254 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7257 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7258 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
7259 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7260 file and SGI standards. From Andre
7261 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7262 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7263 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7264 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7265 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7266 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7267 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
7268 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7269 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7270 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7271 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7272 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7273 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7274 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7275 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7276 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7277 Infobiogen (France).
7279 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7280 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7281 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7284 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7285 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7286 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7287 Global Communications.
7288 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7289 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7290 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7291 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
7292 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7293 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
7294 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7295 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7296 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7298 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7299 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7300 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7301 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7302 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7303 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7304 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7305 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7306 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7308 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7309 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7310 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7311 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7312 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7313 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7314 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7315 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7316 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7317 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7318 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7319 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7320 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7321 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7322 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7323 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7324 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7325 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7326 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7327 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7328 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7329 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7330 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7331 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7332 Swarthmore University.
7333 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7334 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7335 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7336 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7338 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7339 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7341 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7342 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7343 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7344 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7345 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7346 and the parsed address.
7347 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7348 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7349 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7350 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7351 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7352 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7354 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7356 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7357 `mapname' and return the result.
7358 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7359 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7360 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7361 the header for envelope sender information and uses
7362 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
7363 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7364 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7366 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7367 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7368 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
7369 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7370 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7371 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7372 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7373 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7374 of Michigan Technological University.
7375 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7376 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7377 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7378 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
7379 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
7380 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7381 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
7383 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7384 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7385 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
7386 the error message. It was especially weird because it
7387 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7388 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
7389 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7390 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7391 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
7392 should have minimal impact on external function.
7393 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7394 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7396 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7402 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7403 C CheckpointInterval
7405 D AutoRebuildAliases
7418 k ConnectionCacheSize
7419 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
7446 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7447 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7448 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
7451 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
7452 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7453 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7454 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7455 specify "V6" in the configuration.
7456 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7457 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7458 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7459 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
7460 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7461 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7462 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7463 This requires config file support to get right. It does
7464 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7465 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7466 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7467 A Addresses are aliasable.
7468 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7469 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
7470 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7471 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7472 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7473 recipient mailer flags.
7474 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7475 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7477 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7478 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7479 : Check for :include: on this address.
7480 | Check for |program on this address.
7481 / Check for /file on this address.
7482 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
7483 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
7484 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7485 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7486 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7487 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7488 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7489 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
7490 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7491 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7492 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
7493 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7494 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
7495 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7496 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7497 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7498 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7499 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7500 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
7501 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7502 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7503 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
7504 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7505 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7506 (essentially, the full MIME option).
7507 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7508 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7509 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7510 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
7512 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7514 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7515 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7516 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7517 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7518 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7519 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7520 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
7521 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7522 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
7523 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7524 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
7525 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7526 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7527 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7528 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7529 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
7530 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7531 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7532 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7533 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7534 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7535 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
7536 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7537 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7538 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
7539 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7540 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7541 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7543 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7544 fashion as the U= mailer option.
7545 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7546 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
7547 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7548 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7549 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7550 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7551 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
7552 from Chip Rosenthal.
7553 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7556 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7557 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
7558 set them both the preferred new syntax is
7559 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7560 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7561 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7562 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7563 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
7564 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7565 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
7566 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7567 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7568 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
7569 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7570 contribution was to make it configurable).
7571 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7572 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7573 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7574 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7575 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7576 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7577 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7578 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7579 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7581 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7583 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7584 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7585 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7586 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7587 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7588 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
7589 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7590 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7591 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
7592 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7594 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7595 :include: and .forward files.
7596 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7597 key field name, the value field name, and the field
7598 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
7599 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7600 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7601 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7602 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7603 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7604 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
7606 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
7607 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
7608 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
7609 Hutton of Indiana University.
7610 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
7611 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7612 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7613 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
7614 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
7615 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7616 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
7617 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7618 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7619 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7620 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7622 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
7623 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7624 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
7625 are from sysexits.h.
7626 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7627 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
7630 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7631 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7632 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7633 map2 is searched and the value returned.
7634 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
7635 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7636 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
7637 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7638 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7639 For example, if the declaration of the map is
7640 Ksample switch hosts
7641 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7642 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7644 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7645 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7646 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
7647 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7648 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7649 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
7650 the -m (matchonly) flag.
7651 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7652 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
7653 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7654 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7655 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7656 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
7657 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7658 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
7659 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7660 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7661 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7662 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7663 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7664 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
7665 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7666 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7667 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7668 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7669 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7670 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7671 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7672 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7673 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7674 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
7675 an /etc/hosts entry reads
7676 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7677 this change will use the second name as the canonical
7678 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7679 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7680 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7681 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7682 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7683 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
7684 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7685 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7686 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7687 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
7688 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7689 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7690 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
7691 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7692 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7693 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7694 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7695 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7696 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7697 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7698 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7699 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7700 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7701 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7702 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7703 much longer than the specified timeout.
7704 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7705 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7706 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7707 denial-of-service attack.
7708 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7709 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7710 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7711 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
7712 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7713 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7714 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7715 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
7716 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7717 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
7718 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7719 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7720 actually file lookups.
7721 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7722 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7723 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
7724 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7725 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7726 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
7727 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7728 support for them has been removed.
7729 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7730 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7731 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
7732 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
7733 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
7734 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
7735 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
7736 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
7737 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
7738 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7739 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
7740 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
7741 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
7742 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
7743 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
7744 also improves the connection cache utilization.
7745 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
7746 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
7747 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
7748 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
7749 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
7750 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
7751 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
7752 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
7753 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
7755 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
7756 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
7757 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
7758 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
7759 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
7760 option can give the network software time to establish
7761 the link. The default units are seconds.
7762 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7763 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7764 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7765 Defense Information Systems Agency.
7766 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7767 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
7768 the National Computer Security Center.
7769 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7770 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7771 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7772 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
7773 the mailprio scripts (see below).
7774 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7775 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7776 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
7777 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7778 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7779 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
7780 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
7781 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7782 University Computing Service.
7783 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7784 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
7785 the University of Kentucky.
7786 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7787 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7788 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7789 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
7790 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7791 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7792 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7793 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7795 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7796 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7797 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7798 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7799 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7800 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7801 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
7802 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7803 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7804 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7805 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7806 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7807 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
7808 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7809 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7810 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
7811 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
7812 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7813 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7814 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7816 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7817 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7818 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
7819 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7820 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7821 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7822 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7823 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
7824 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7825 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7826 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7827 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7828 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7829 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
7831 None Leave the message as is. The
7832 message will be passed on even
7833 though it is in technically
7835 Add-To Add a To: header with any
7836 recipients that it can find from
7837 the envelope. This risks exposing
7839 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
7840 has almost no redeeming social value,
7841 and is provided only for back
7843 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
7844 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7845 which will have the effect of
7846 making the message legal without
7847 exposing Bcc: recipients.
7848 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
7849 There is a chance that mailers down
7850 the line will delete this header,
7851 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7853 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7854 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
7855 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7856 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7857 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7858 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7859 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
7860 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7861 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7862 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7863 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7864 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7865 For example, if you run with
7866 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7867 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
7868 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7869 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7870 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7871 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7872 entries. For example, given the aliases:
7875 and an alias file declared as:
7876 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7877 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7878 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7879 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7880 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7881 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7882 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
7884 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7885 to be simpler and more consistent.
7886 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
7887 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7888 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7889 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7890 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7891 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7892 This may affect some people who have written their own
7893 checkcompat() routine.
7894 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
7895 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7896 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7897 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7898 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7899 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7900 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7901 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7902 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7903 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7904 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7906 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7907 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7908 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7909 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7910 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
7911 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7912 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
7913 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7914 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7915 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
7916 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7917 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7918 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7919 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7920 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7921 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7922 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7923 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7925 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7926 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7927 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
7928 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
7929 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7930 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7931 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7932 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7933 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
7934 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7935 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
7936 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7937 is added between the first and second word of the first
7938 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7939 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7940 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7941 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7942 old sendmails understand.
7943 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7944 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
7945 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7946 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7947 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
7948 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7949 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7950 data -- for example,
7951 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7952 (romanized/less information)
7953 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7954 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7955 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7956 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7957 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7958 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7959 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7960 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7961 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7962 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7963 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
7964 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
7965 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7966 Eric Prestemon of American University.
7967 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7968 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7969 increment on the background value).
7970 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
7971 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
7972 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7973 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7974 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7975 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7976 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7977 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7978 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
7979 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7980 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7981 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7982 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
7983 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
7984 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7985 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7986 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
7987 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7988 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7989 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7990 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7991 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
7992 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7993 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7994 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7995 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7996 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7997 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7998 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7999 service type is "files".
8000 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
8001 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8003 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8004 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
8005 contributed by SunSoft.
8006 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8007 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
8008 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8009 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8010 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
8011 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8012 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
8013 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8014 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8015 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8016 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8017 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8018 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
8019 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8020 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8021 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8022 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8023 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8024 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8025 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
8026 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8027 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8028 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8029 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8030 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
8031 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8032 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8033 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8034 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8035 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8036 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
8037 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8038 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8039 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8041 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8042 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
8044 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8045 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8046 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8047 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
8049 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
8050 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8051 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8052 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8053 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8054 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8055 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8056 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8057 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
8058 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8059 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8060 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8061 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8063 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8064 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
8065 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8066 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8067 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8068 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8069 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8070 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8071 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
8072 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8073 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
8074 of Sun Microsystems.
8075 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
8076 is at least 50% faster.
8077 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8078 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8080 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8081 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8082 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8083 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
8084 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8085 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
8086 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8087 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
8088 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8089 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8090 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8091 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8092 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
8093 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8094 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8095 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8097 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8099 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8100 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8101 Global Information Solutions.
8102 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8103 From Motonori Nakamura.
8104 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
8106 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8107 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8108 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8109 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8110 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8111 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
8112 James of British Telecom.
8113 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
8114 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8115 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8116 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
8117 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8118 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8119 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
8120 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8121 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8122 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
8123 a bad guy can read your private files.
8125 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8126 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8127 University. This expands the disk size
8128 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8129 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8130 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8131 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8132 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8133 Linux Makefile typo.
8134 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8135 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8136 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8138 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
8139 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8140 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
8141 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8142 This requires adaptation of code that really
8143 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8144 addresses or nameserver fields.''
8145 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
8146 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8147 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8148 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8149 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8150 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8152 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8153 match all the other configuration files. Fix
8154 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8155 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
8156 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8157 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
8158 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8159 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8160 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8161 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
8163 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8164 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8165 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8166 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
8167 of Ohio State University.
8168 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8169 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8171 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
8172 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
8174 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8175 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8177 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8178 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8180 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8181 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8182 Rochester Medical Center.
8183 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8184 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8185 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8186 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8187 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8188 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8189 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8191 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8192 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8193 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8195 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8196 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8197 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8198 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8199 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8200 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8201 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8202 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8203 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8204 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8206 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8207 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8208 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8209 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8210 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8211 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8212 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8213 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8214 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8215 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8216 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8217 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8218 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8219 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8221 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8222 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8223 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
8224 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8225 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8226 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
8227 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8228 on the file, but it should be quite small.
8229 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
8230 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8231 giving the local administrator more control over what
8232 programs can be run from sendmail.
8233 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
8234 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8235 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8237 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8238 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8239 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8240 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8241 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8242 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
8243 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8244 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8245 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8246 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8247 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8248 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
8249 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8250 arbitrary directory -- use either:
8251 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8253 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8254 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8256 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8257 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8258 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8260 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8261 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8262 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8263 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8264 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8265 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8267 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8268 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8269 just unqualified ones.
8270 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8271 was never used and didn't work anyway.
8272 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8273 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8274 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8275 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8276 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
8277 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8279 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8280 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8281 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8282 this is expected to be another sendmail.
8283 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8284 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8285 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8286 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
8287 Rosenthal of Unicom.
8288 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8289 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
8290 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8291 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8292 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
8293 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8294 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8295 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8297 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8298 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8300 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8301 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8302 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8303 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8304 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8305 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8306 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8307 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8308 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8309 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8310 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8311 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8312 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8313 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8314 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8315 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8316 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8317 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8318 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8319 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8320 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8321 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8322 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8323 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8324 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8325 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8326 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8327 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8328 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8329 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8330 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8331 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8332 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8334 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8335 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8336 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8337 Information Systems Agency.
8338 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8339 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8340 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8341 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8342 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8343 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8344 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8345 that really can be used in the real world.
8346 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8347 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8348 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8349 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8350 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8351 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8352 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8353 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
8355 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
8356 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8357 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8358 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8360 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8361 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8362 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8363 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
8364 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8365 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8366 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8367 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8368 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8369 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
8370 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8371 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8372 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8373 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8374 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8375 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8376 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
8377 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8378 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8379 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
8380 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8381 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8382 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
8384 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8385 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8386 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8387 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8388 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8391 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8393 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8394 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8395 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8396 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8397 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8398 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8399 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8401 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8402 cf/domain/generic.m4
8403 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8404 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8405 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8407 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8408 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8412 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8413 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8414 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8415 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8420 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8423 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8424 mail.local/mail.local.0
8430 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8431 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8432 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8433 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8434 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8435 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8436 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8437 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8438 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8439 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8440 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8441 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8442 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8443 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8444 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8445 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8446 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8447 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8448 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8456 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8457 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8458 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8459 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8460 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8461 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8462 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8463 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8464 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8465 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8466 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8467 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8468 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8469 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8470 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8471 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8472 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8473 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8474 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8475 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8476 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8481 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8483 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8484 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8485 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8486 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8487 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8488 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8489 contrib/rcpt-streaming
8490 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8492 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
8493 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8494 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8495 any user (except root).
8496 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8497 version number is unchanged.
8499 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
8500 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8501 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
8502 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8503 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8504 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8506 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8507 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8510 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
8511 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8512 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8513 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8514 message when attempted from IDENT.
8515 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8516 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
8517 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
8518 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8519 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8520 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8522 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8523 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
8525 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8526 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
8527 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8528 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8529 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8530 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
8531 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8533 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8534 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
8536 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
8538 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8539 and Liudvikas Bukys.
8540 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8541 from Spider Boardman.
8542 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8545 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
8546 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8547 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8548 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8549 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8550 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8551 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
8553 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8554 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8555 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8556 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8557 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8558 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
8559 University of Texas.
8560 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8561 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8562 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8563 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8564 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8565 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8567 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8568 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
8569 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8570 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8571 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8572 with a lot of arguments).
8573 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8574 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8575 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8577 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8578 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8579 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8580 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8582 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8583 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8584 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
8585 some of the map code.
8586 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8589 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
8590 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8591 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8592 may have some security implications.
8593 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8594 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
8595 Hill of the University of Iowa.
8596 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
8597 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8598 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8599 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
8600 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8601 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8602 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8604 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8605 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8606 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
8607 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8608 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
8609 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8611 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8612 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
8613 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8614 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8615 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
8616 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8617 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8618 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
8619 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8620 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8621 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8622 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8623 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
8624 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
8625 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8626 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
8627 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8629 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8630 message to explain how much space was available and
8631 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
8632 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8633 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8634 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8635 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8636 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8637 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8638 moves things more towards what will probably become a
8639 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8641 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8642 without recompiling.
8643 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8644 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
8646 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8647 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8648 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
8649 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8650 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8651 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8652 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
8653 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8654 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8655 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8656 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8657 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
8659 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8660 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8661 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8662 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8663 refused" response, and that the connection can be
8664 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
8665 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8666 size around and can never start listening to connections
8667 again. The down side is that someone could start up
8668 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8669 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8670 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8671 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
8672 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8673 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8675 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8676 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
8677 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8678 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8679 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8680 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8681 doc directory. This includes some additional
8683 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8684 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
8685 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8686 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
8687 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8688 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8689 loop the mail, which was bad news.
8691 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8692 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8693 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8694 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8695 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8696 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8697 Newcastle upon Tyne.
8698 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8700 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8701 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8702 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8703 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8706 src/Makefile.NCR3000
8707 doc/changes/Makefile
8708 doc/changes/changes.me
8709 doc/changes/changes.ps
8711 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
8712 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8713 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
8714 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8716 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
8717 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8718 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
8719 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8722 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
8723 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8724 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8725 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8726 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8728 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8729 in the connection cache for a long time under some
8730 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
8731 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
8732 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
8733 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
8734 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
8735 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
8736 from a local user to another local user. From
8737 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8738 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
8739 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
8740 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8741 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
8742 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
8743 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
8744 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
8745 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
8746 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
8747 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
8748 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
8749 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
8750 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
8751 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
8752 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
8753 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
8754 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
8756 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
8758 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
8759 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
8760 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8761 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
8762 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8763 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8764 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8765 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8767 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8768 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
8769 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8770 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
8772 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8773 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8774 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
8775 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
8776 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8777 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8778 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8779 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8780 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
8781 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8782 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8783 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
8784 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8785 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8786 security implications. Suggested by several people.
8787 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8788 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
8789 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8790 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
8792 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8793 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8794 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8795 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8796 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8797 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
8798 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8799 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8800 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8801 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
8802 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8803 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
8804 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8805 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8806 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8807 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8808 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8809 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8810 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8811 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
8812 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8813 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8814 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8815 didn't see the class items being added.
8816 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8817 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8818 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
8820 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8821 but sets h_errno to a success value.
8822 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8823 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8824 address specified in the P option). This fix should
8825 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8826 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8828 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8829 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8830 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8831 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8832 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8833 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8834 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
8836 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8837 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
8838 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
8840 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8841 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
8842 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8843 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8844 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
8846 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8847 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8848 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8849 University of Washington.
8850 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8851 don't have an ``=value'' part.
8852 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8853 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
8854 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8855 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8856 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8857 of Cambridge University.
8858 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8859 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8860 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8861 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8862 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8863 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8864 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8865 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
8866 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8867 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8868 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8869 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
8870 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8871 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8873 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8874 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8875 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8876 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8877 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8878 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
8879 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8880 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
8881 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8882 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8883 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
8884 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8885 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8886 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8887 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8888 size for various mailers.
8889 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8890 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8891 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8892 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8893 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8894 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8895 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8896 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8897 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
8899 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8900 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
8901 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8902 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8903 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
8904 Michel of Thomson CSF.
8905 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8906 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8907 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8908 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8909 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8910 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8911 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8912 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
8913 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8914 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8915 University of Sydney.
8916 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8917 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8918 This is because of the known bug where definition of
8919 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8920 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8921 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8922 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8923 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
8924 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
8926 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8927 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8928 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8929 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8930 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
8933 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8934 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8935 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8936 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8937 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8938 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8939 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8940 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8941 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8943 src/Makefile.DomainOS
8945 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8946 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8947 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8949 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8954 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
8955 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8956 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
8957 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8958 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8959 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
8960 permissions they should not have had (usually group
8961 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
8962 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8963 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8964 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8965 Although this does not respond to a specific known
8966 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
8967 Christian Wettergren.
8968 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8969 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8970 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8971 program by putting that in their .forward file.
8972 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8973 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8974 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
8975 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
8976 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8977 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8978 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8979 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8980 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8981 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8982 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8983 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
8984 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8985 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8986 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8987 connection to create problems on the current job.
8988 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8990 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8991 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8992 problem that ignored the load average in locally
8993 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
8994 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
8995 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8996 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8997 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8998 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8999 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9000 when sending error messages. This resulted in
9001 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
9002 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
9003 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9004 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9005 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
9006 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9007 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9008 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9009 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
9010 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9011 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9012 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9013 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9014 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
9016 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9017 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9018 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9019 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9020 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9021 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
9022 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9023 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9024 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
9025 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9026 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9027 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9028 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9029 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
9030 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9031 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9032 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9033 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9034 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9035 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9036 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9037 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9039 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9040 of from a clean exit.
9041 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9042 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9043 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9044 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9045 as the subject of an error message, even though the
9046 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9047 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9048 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
9050 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9051 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
9052 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
9053 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9054 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9055 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9056 says that they should be ignored.
9057 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9058 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9059 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
9060 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9062 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9063 documented in the Bat Book.
9064 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9065 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9066 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9067 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9068 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9069 code during some parts of connection initialization.
9070 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9071 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9072 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
9073 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9074 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9075 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9076 of Kyoto University.
9077 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9078 From P{r Emanuelsson.
9079 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9080 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9081 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
9083 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9084 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9085 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9086 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
9088 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9089 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9090 illegal addresses appearing there).
9091 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9093 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9095 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
9096 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9097 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9098 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9099 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
9100 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9101 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9102 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9103 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9104 by the other end closing the connection. From
9105 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9106 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9107 to include a host name or other useful information.
9108 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
9110 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9111 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9112 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9113 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
9114 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9115 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9116 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9117 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9118 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9120 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9121 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9122 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9123 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9124 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9125 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9126 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
9127 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9128 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9129 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9130 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9131 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9132 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
9133 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9134 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9135 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9136 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9137 of the Institute for Global Communications.
9138 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9139 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
9140 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9141 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9142 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9143 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9144 Portability fixes for:
9145 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9146 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9147 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9148 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9149 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9150 of Stoner Associates.
9151 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9152 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9153 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9155 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9156 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9157 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9158 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9159 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9161 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9163 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9164 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9165 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
9166 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9167 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9168 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9169 since this is intended only for internal use, the
9170 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
9171 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9172 addresses when relaying internally.
9173 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9174 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
9175 provided by Peter Wemm.
9176 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9177 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
9178 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9179 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9180 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9181 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9182 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9183 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9185 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9186 rather than letting them get "local configuration
9187 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9188 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9189 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9190 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
9191 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9192 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9193 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9194 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9195 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9196 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9197 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9198 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9199 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
9201 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
9202 Jim Murray of Stratus.
9203 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9204 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
9205 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9206 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9207 the local name prepended.
9208 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9209 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9210 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9211 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
9212 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9213 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
9214 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9215 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9216 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9217 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9218 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9219 :include: files and accounts that have shells
9220 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
9221 cause some .forward files that have worked
9222 before to start failing.
9223 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9227 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9228 src/Makefile.Mach386
9235 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9237 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9239 makemap/Makefile.dist
9240 praliases/Makefile.dist
9242 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
9243 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9244 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9245 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9246 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
9247 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9249 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9250 in a few critical places.
9251 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9252 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
9253 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
9254 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9255 and High-Energy Physics.
9256 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9257 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
9259 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9260 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9261 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
9263 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9264 really become relevant in the next release, but some
9265 people need it for local patches. From Michael
9266 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9267 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9268 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9269 these can have different values depending on which
9270 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
9271 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9272 what uid/gid processes ran as.
9273 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9274 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9275 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9277 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9278 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9279 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9280 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9281 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
9283 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9284 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9285 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
9286 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9287 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
9288 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
9290 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
9291 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9292 addresses that get return-receipts.
9293 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9294 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9295 and end up sending the message several times.
9296 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9297 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9299 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9300 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9301 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9302 Cornell University Medical College.
9303 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9304 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9305 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9306 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9308 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9309 connections fail during message collection. From
9311 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9312 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9313 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9315 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9316 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9317 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9318 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9319 by non-root users were not put into
9320 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9321 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9322 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9323 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9324 could get confused as to whether a database was
9326 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9327 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9328 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9329 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9330 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9331 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9332 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9333 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9334 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9336 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9337 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9338 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9339 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9340 propagated to the queue file.
9343 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9344 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9345 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9346 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9347 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9348 header files but don't have the syscall.
9349 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9351 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9352 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9353 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9354 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9355 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9356 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9357 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9358 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9359 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9360 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9361 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9362 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9363 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9364 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
9366 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9367 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
9369 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9370 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9371 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9372 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9373 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
9374 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9375 files that you should be able to read but have previously
9376 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9378 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9379 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9380 MX suppression will still work.
9381 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9382 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
9383 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9384 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9385 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9386 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
9388 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9390 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9391 trying to send the original message if the connection
9392 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9393 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
9394 by John Myers of CMU.
9395 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9397 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9398 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9399 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9400 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
9401 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9402 queue interval. This is an important fix.
9403 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9404 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9405 ruleset testing a bit easier.
9406 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9407 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9409 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9410 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
9411 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
9412 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9414 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9415 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9416 Harvey Mudd College.
9417 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9418 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
9419 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9420 their full name information.
9421 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9422 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9423 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
9424 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9425 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9426 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9427 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9428 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9429 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9430 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9431 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
9432 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9433 PC TCP/IP implementations.
9434 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9435 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
9436 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
9437 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9439 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9440 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9442 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9443 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
9444 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
9445 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9446 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9447 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9448 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9449 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9450 that claims to be itself works properly.
9451 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9452 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9453 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9454 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9455 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9456 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
9457 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9458 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9459 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9460 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9461 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9463 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9464 true address to still send to the original address
9465 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9466 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9467 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9468 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
9469 more trouble than it was worth.
9470 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9471 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
9472 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9473 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
9474 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9475 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9476 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9478 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9479 messages don't come out with stale information.
9480 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9481 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9482 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9483 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
9485 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9486 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
9488 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9489 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
9491 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9492 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9493 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9494 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9495 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9496 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9497 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9498 that does bulk data transfer).
9499 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
9501 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
9502 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9503 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9504 bogus config files that were not caught.
9505 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9506 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9507 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9508 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9509 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9510 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9511 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9512 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9513 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9514 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9515 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9516 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9517 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9518 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9519 opened or if running with no database format defined.
9520 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9521 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9522 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9523 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
9524 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9526 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9527 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9528 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
9529 to match regular entries.
9530 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9531 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9532 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9533 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9534 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9535 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9536 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9537 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9538 error message so that the "subject" line of return
9539 messages is the best possible.
9540 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9541 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9542 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9543 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9544 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9545 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9546 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9547 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9548 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9549 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9550 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
9551 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9553 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9554 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9555 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9556 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9557 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9558 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9559 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9560 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9561 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9562 addresses in any detail.
9563 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9564 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9565 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9566 with an address such as "!foo".
9567 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9568 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
9569 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9570 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
9574 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9575 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9576 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9577 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9578 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9579 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
9580 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9581 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9582 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
9584 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9585 are no DNS records matching the name.
9586 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9587 original message was received ... from localhost".
9588 The correct original host information is now included.
9589 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9590 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
9591 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
9592 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9593 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9594 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9595 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9596 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9597 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
9598 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9599 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
9600 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9601 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9604 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
9605 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9606 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9607 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9608 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
9609 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9610 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9611 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9612 are really configuration errors. This option is
9613 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9615 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9616 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
9617 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9618 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9619 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
9621 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9622 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9623 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
9624 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9625 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
9626 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9627 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9628 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9629 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
9630 of dickering with error handling (see below).
9631 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
9632 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9634 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9635 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
9636 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9638 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9639 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
9640 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9641 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
9642 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9643 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
9644 connection rather than sending QUIT.
9645 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9646 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9647 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
9648 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9649 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9650 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9651 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9652 core dumps on some machines.
9653 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9654 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9655 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9656 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9657 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9658 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
9659 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9660 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9661 some true error conditions.
9662 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9663 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
9664 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9665 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9666 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9667 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
9668 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
9669 by Motonori Nakamura.
9670 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9671 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
9672 caused error messages to be handled differently during
9673 a queue run than a direct run.
9674 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9675 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9676 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9677 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9678 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9679 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9680 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9682 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9683 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
9684 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9685 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9686 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9687 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
9688 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9689 is appropriately functional.
9690 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9691 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9692 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
9693 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9694 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9695 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9696 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9697 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9699 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9700 process group id. The original fix was to get around
9701 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9702 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9703 different from the process id. I could try to fix
9704 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9705 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9707 Portability changes:
9708 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9709 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9710 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
9711 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9713 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
9714 help other strict ANSI compilers.
9715 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9717 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9718 documentation apparently doesn't define
9719 __STDC__ by default).
9720 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9721 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9723 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9724 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9725 several people have made a good argument that this
9726 creates more problems than it solves (although this
9727 may prove painful in the short run).
9728 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9730 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9731 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
9732 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
9733 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
9734 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
9735 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
9736 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
9737 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
9738 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
9739 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
9740 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
9741 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
9742 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
9743 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
9744 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
9745 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9746 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
9747 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
9748 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
9749 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
9750 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
9751 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
9752 environments. Ugly as sin.
9755 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
9756 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
9757 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
9758 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
9759 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
9760 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9761 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
9762 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9763 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9764 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9765 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
9767 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9769 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9770 compatibility library. This also adds a new
9771 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9772 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9773 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9774 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
9775 for quick test cases.
9776 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9777 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9778 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9779 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9780 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9781 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9782 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
9783 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9784 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
9785 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9786 From Michael Corrigan.
9787 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9788 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
9789 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9790 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9791 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9792 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9793 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9794 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
9795 Christophe Wolfhugel.
9796 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9799 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9800 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9801 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
9802 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9803 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
9804 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9805 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9806 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
9808 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9809 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9810 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
9811 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9812 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9813 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9814 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9815 match the other flags in that file.
9816 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
9817 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9818 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9819 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9820 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9821 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
9822 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9823 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
9824 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9825 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9826 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
9827 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9828 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9829 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9830 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9831 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
9832 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9833 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
9834 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9835 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9836 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9837 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9838 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9839 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9840 the root and directories leading up to your home);
9841 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9843 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9844 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9845 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9846 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9847 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9848 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9849 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9850 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
9851 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9852 is separate; this is just intended to work around
9853 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9854 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
9855 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9856 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9857 matching without a null it never tries again with a
9858 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
9859 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9860 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
9861 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
9862 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9863 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9865 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9866 will insert the appropriate full name information;
9867 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9869 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9870 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9871 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9872 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9873 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9874 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9875 only happen when there has been another error in the
9876 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
9877 by default in conf.h.
9878 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9879 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
9880 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9881 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9882 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9883 This output is not intended to be particularly human
9884 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9885 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9886 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
9887 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9888 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9889 See cf/README for an example.
9890 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9891 sites that don't use the -d flag.
9892 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9893 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9894 has been requested by several people, but can break
9895 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9896 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9897 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9898 broken. Use it sparingly.
9899 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
9900 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
9901 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9902 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
9903 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9904 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
9905 Bill Wisner of The Well.
9906 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9907 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
9908 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9910 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
9911 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9912 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9913 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9914 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9915 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9916 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9918 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
9919 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9920 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
9921 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9923 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
9924 Another mailertable fix....
9927 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.